Home

Untitled

image

Contents

1. EE VC DISPLAY INTERFACE CONNECTOR C69 E Sys Ex moo 0001 ays s ese 28 MATIC es Buss coos 121 o 22 H 55 E m SA gt H lR Rc si E 8888538825 20 59 82 2888889 2 Selim E uz Dee SE PART 2 2 R7 S14 FAN POWER 1 o NR ew No m eozzuni RS Wi A 7046 99400833 FAN RETURN 2 d Eu zl LL gt ABCDEFGH B SPEAKER n S 8 E FB10 o 29F0818
2. e p Yi 10000 MHZ CU 2 4 47 RESET Enc 50V RD 1 NP wR V SEL2 C10 SEL1 e 7 18pF TO CS 22 z S P PROCESSOR 0 60 59 58 57 56 55 5453 52 51 50 49 88 47 6 00 eudNnagcandtnea BOARD all 02 2 22 VCE i 03 03 VWR Al 3 10 11 0 110 5 91 0 DO Es 05 05 VAL 77 Di 5 06 2106 VA2 5 72 02 Sz 07 07 i 59 m 5VDC X03 VAL 55 5 A4 04 15 5VDC 21 X02 VAS 57 2 5 05 Es 12VDC 12V 71 6 6 06 Ch 10 36 3 19 12VDC T d T X00 VAT Be z 07 55 GND th 25V NC 5 XECL VAB 57 24 48 CE 50 1 20V TANT Bo VA 5 x 57 R3 11 VSS VAIO 53 33 410 WE Dc 15 LP VALL T AH XZ NC wF VA12 A12 81 2 2 V PPPESSOPSOSOIIUI TCS5257CFL 10 VID 16 11 18 19 20 21122 23 25 25126 21 28 29 30 gu uly VCLK HS TO GND GND DISPLAY sx GND GND GND GND GND GND NC vs 12VDC 12
3. FERRITE 1 2112058900 DETECTOR Ut DALLAS 052253 SIMM BOARD 7 perecros ut U1 12 1129658900 5 03 45V 11120689008 rrg13 amp DETECTOR Us 5 sega veces eo FERRITE e 855 2628 lt 73 Es Zor sogunsmass 5V BESRSHS Hae aa ee R HRSA HES Po os 5 zw FUE gt E 9 maR amp EmmH amp uernmaSBSARHSRS EAHRSRER HAS amp eS3Z08oos N EZA 20 4 DA 9 PORT OO lz Lg neo u DSR RR ARASHOMASGRAARBRARNASAAA mma ANAAANSovs 1 o its a Im sehn oo zn 12 ute yo 2 10 PORT 01 NC 4002 WALKING BEAM LIMIT 15 3 4 PUSH ARM LIMIT 17 Las 182825988 TABLE DETECTOR 16 EER SHUTTER DETECTOR 14 5 e LN NC 22 503 2 u18 e 3 PORT 03 32 E 7 HC02 11 0592 L 6 P2 C2 1 4 q MHZ She sju 2 PORT 04 SHUTTER 3 22
4. line 22 Time separator line 23 DDD line 24 line 25 Test Settings line 26 Tests to be Reported line 27 and Their Order line 28 EEE line 29 EEE line 30 EEE line 31 EEE line 32 EEE line 33 EEE line 34 EEE line 35 EEE line 36 EEE line 37 EEE line 38 EEE line 39 1 40 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 41 Color values line 42 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD def line 43 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 44 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 45 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 46 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 47 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 48 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 49 Clarity values line 50 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD def line 51 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 52 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 53 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 54 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 55 Use Default COL CLA line 56 DDD line 57 Levels considered pos line 58 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 59 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 60 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 61 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 62 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 63 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 64 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 65 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 66 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 67 SG Lower Normal Limit line 68 DDDDDDD line 69 SG Upper Normal Limit line 70 DDDDDDD line 71 pH Lower Normal Limit line 72 DDDDD line 73 pH Upper Normal Limit line 74 DDDDD line 75 First Positive Level line 76 for COL line 77 DD
5. 9 15 amp 9 16 A D 9 16 1 Pre amp 5 9 16 2 Drive 9 17 Crank Arm 9 18 Baseplate Mechanism 9 19 Lower Case Assembly 9 20 Lower Case 9 20 1 Touch Screen 9 21 Printer Interface 9 22 9 0 Introduction This section contains instructions for servicing the CLINITEK 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer Special reassemble precautions are noted Always perform the preventive maintenance procedure
6. 6 8 Readhead 6 8 1 Pre amp 6 9 A D 6 10 Strip Detector 6 11 6 1 General Operation 6 0 Introduction The general operation of the instrument is as The CLINITEK 500 Instrument is a stand alone follows semi automatic urine chemistry analyzer The 1 Refer to figure 6 1 instrument is a scanning reflectance photometer capable of outputting clinically significant diagnostic results when used with a variety of Bayer reagent strips Primary features of the system include the ability to automatically detect the presence of a Bayer reagent test strip which has been presented for processing a throughput in excess of 500 reagent tests per hour and an advanced touch screen based user interface which gives the 5 customer considerable control over the operation of the system The instrument has several functional sub systems Reagent Transport Readhead system Data processing and User interface Within each of these sub systems there are spe
7. 12 0 Cleaning and Inspection 12 1 Exercise All Motions 12 2 Test Serial Ports Computer 12 3 1 Bar Code Reader 12 3 2 Auxiliary 12 3 3 Printer Instrument 12 4 1 External 12 4 2 Printer Interface Dip Switch Settings 12 4 3 Test Touch Screen 12 5 Test 12 6 Cycle 5 12 7 Test Strip Detector
8. 10 18 Horizontal Plate Alignment 10 19 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 1 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 10 2 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN ARROW MUST BE gt E POSITIONED as SHOWN 5 0 UPPER CASE ASSEMBLY 95002147 Description Part number Find Number 1 Upper Case 50080677 2 Exhaust Fan Assembly 40453216 3 Ground Strap 4 Washer M3 Locking External Tooth 5 Nut M3 Hex 6 Guard Fan 7 Screw M3 x 30 Phillips Cheese Head 8 Gasket Ground 50184583 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 3 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Qy A TA a 0 Cs 27 Exploded View part 1 Description Part number Find Number 1 Base Plate Assembly 95002176 2 Gasket Ground 50184583 3 Screw 4 X 12 Phillips Cheese Head 4 Ground Strap 5 Bezel Assembly 95002093 6 Upper Case Assembly 95002147 7 Screw M4X10 Phillips Cheesa HD 8 Lower Case Assembly 95002174 15 Serial Number Label Page 10 4 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
9. line 1 CLINITEK 500 line 2 Load List line 1 AAA BBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC line 2 DDD EEEEEEEEEEEEEEE line 3 FFF GGGGGGGGGGGGGGG line 4 AAA BBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC line 5 DDD EEEEEEEEEEEEEEE line 6 FFF GGGGGGGGGGGGGGG Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page E 1 APPENDIX E Variable Field Descriptions Represents the position of the ID in the load list Represents the ID If the ID has been assigned to a test strip printed as Done otherwise not printed If Color is set to ON on Screen Tests to Report and Their Order printed as COL otherwise this line is not printed this test otherwise this line is not printed If Clarity is set to ON on Screen Tests to Report and Their Order printed as CLA otherwise this line is not printed If Clarity is set to ON on Screen Tests to Report and Their Order represents the Clarity value assigned to this test otherwise this line is not printed If Color is set to ON on Screen Tests to Report and Their Order printed as the Color value assigned to Clinical Results format for Patient Control Results The same report format is used for patient test results and Control test results Likewise the same format is used for printing new test results printing edited test results and printing recalled results Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON results are printed on the
10. 7 4 7 0 Introduction This chapter is divided into four distinct sections Each of the sections has its own table of contents at its beginning Page 7 1 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING This Page is intentionally Blank Page 7 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H 7 1 The following chart is provided to assist troubleshooting the CLINITEK 500 system The first three columns are similar to those found in the Troubleshooting Section of the Operating Manual Troubleshooting table EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING The fourth column labeled Service Remedy contains more advanced troubleshooting which should only be performed by or under the guidance of trained Bayer Service Personnel The items in the forth column are listed in increasing order of technical difficulty Symptom or Error Displayed Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Display is blank No power Improperly inserted program card Defective program card or defective System electronics Listen for the fan if it is not running turn the instrument power off Check that the power cord is firmly plugged into the instrument and into a live AC electrical outlet Turn the power back on Turn the instrument power off then remove the program card and reinsert it firmly making sure that the label is fa
11. stxcrlf 3 characters FA AAAeeeeeeBB BB BBcrlf 22 characters 25 characters total GLUIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 47 characters total BILIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 69 characters total CCCIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 91 characters total DDIeeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 113 characters total EEEIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 135 characters total pHIeeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 157 characters total PROIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 179 characters total FFFIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 201 characters total NITIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 223 characters total GGGIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 245 characters total etx 1 character 246 characters total OR cklck2etx 3 characters 248 characters total Page D 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D Enter Sample ID set to ON stxcrlf 3 characters dA AAAeeeeeeBB BB BBcrlf 22 characters 25 characters total ID JJJJJJJJJJJJJeeeecr1f 22 characters 47 characters total Color KKKKKKKKKKeeecrl f 22 characters 69 characters total Clarity eLLLLLLLLLLecrlf 22 characters 91 characters total GLUIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 113 characters total BILIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 135 character
12. 2 001 a 11 aS 001 l T R1 1 MEG p 45V 1 2 0822 A 1 6 Ph 1 4 a 1 2 Im ju 1 e GREEN x d as 1 O4TUF Es Z V C5 001 R4 1 MEG P1 1 2 AD822 6 G e gt 383K 2 5h INFRA RED IR E R14 1K x te R n O47UF 5 001 5 lt 9 7 19 R7 1 MEG e 45V 7 lt 8 1 2 1082 9 lug vi 1 2 R8 171114 L J 301K up 3 10 RED 10 1 12 UA n R15 IK 9 V Ig 017 6 1 1 047UF 1 5V NZ cu LES 5 11 C14 1100 R10 301 MEG R12 45V 681K 12 AD822 C12 2 I R11 Tm 1217 48 NC n ia 1 301K 15 R16 1K 3 16 BLUE 4 ca Ui Ds 14 4 V NC cs 3 T 047UF V HIGHEST REF REF DES V DES USED NOT USED R16 NOTES C20 1 RESISTOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS 1 8W 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED ta 2 CAPACITOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN MICROFARADS P1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED GREEN INFRA RED RED BLUE 5V DC 3 DC GROUND GROUND GROUND GROUND PREAMP SCHEMATICS 99400834 AND 99400875 CLINITEK 500 11 3
13. sense d i Pam Ta SHTDWN OUTPUT LT1129 0 17 ce R2 Te S sy_tap SENSE 3 819 Lao 340K 1 P5 7 FEEDBACK ERROR 5 Ta 1 8 4 e GROUND 2 BEND L C20 1 5V HIGHEST REF HIGHEST REF DES USED DES NOT USED VR3 l vur C12 2 viN Fa C20 3 vin mts 5 we 5 01 VR4 LMT9LOSACM R2 pono A C BEND NOTES 12V 12V DGND DOUT DIN LAMP LAMP PREAMP A D BOARD SCHEMATIC 99400876 CLINITEK 500 ONVH 1431 Wva8 nena Sr800r66 ASSY diiV 3Hd dWV 3ud MOSNaS 06 36 HOSN GvIHAVIS 9NDEIVM ASSY 4013130 45 T 800r66 800966 316 1 nav gt 9025909 10225709 902 9 0 zd td 7 02 00 77 pi um II ER ae o o 455 3N00R asia ra 3433 2 weg 2 pm I 022 lt 70 A WSSV 24 ozzesvror 4 2 26800766 2 1610600 ASSY 82d QNVOS YAHLOW LVceSvOV AlddNS OuvOQ 37 3031 1 VILNIUS ACENGSSY 24 89d 32V3H31NI E 66800166 Il er sr II 6 50 89d Assy 105592014 UIEN vLzesvoy ASSV N3332S HONOL CLINITEK 500 11 17 INTERCONNECT RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING CHAPTER TWELVE RELEASE TESTING Section
14. 23 100 197 5 TE CHSL 16 cual 2 TE 1 RESISTOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS rhs 9 INTRZ a z no 22 1 8W 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED UB eio tel nro 2 CAPACITOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN PAPER OUT MF2 19 CS 2 6 974 R MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED E 7J amp HC08 20 2 e 25 100K 020 ERROR MR 21 WR E MC74HC5730W READY zz EX 23 HIGHEST REF REF DES m a 552 52 DES USED NOT USED SISISISISIAIS ajaja aja lt lt lt R4 ats ALE 34 35 C21 C22 C44 C51 PINS lt 15K 36165520 C22 C44 wl ABCOEF GH EB 021 0 55555555 E PIN 59 ae amp 1 MEG PIN 28 021 29F0818 1SR 5 ey ABCDEFGH T D aR MARENRAKRRRRA Hgeeonoms p E 2222299999929 S825325E8 _ S2ENSASLAS R23 2 al 865888888 U29 EM SRTA T E 13 Hi TUR e xt E 22pF 47pF TiS PIN 13 ESCALES EE EEEE IUS EE a 2 SHT 2 a yen n a G gt INTERNAL PRINTER CLINITEK 500 11 11 cs UNUSED GATES pate
15. Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 5 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING strip has not been placed on the platform foreign object Ambient light has changed significantly Strip detector problem you do not place your hand or other objects on the platform as these can be mistaken for a Reagent Strip From the Run Ready screen with the run completed and the strip loading station clear of all strips and foreign objects turn the instrument power off wait several seconds then turn it back on to recalibrate the strip detector If the problem continues contact your Bayer Customer Service office Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Push bar The strip detector The push bar will move back Verify that the Strip Detector moves to the was accidentally to the left after 3 cycles 21 LEDs are turning on right when it triggered by ahand seconds continue testing in shouldn t a sleeve or other the normal manner Be sure Use the instrument test card to check operation Refer to section 7 3 6 3 Verify strip detector operation Refer to section7 3 4 4 Verify that the strip detector has correct voltages Refer to section 7 4 3 2 Replace the strip detector Refer to section 9 14 Troubleshoot the MAIN PCB for a broken trace and replace if necessary Refer to section 7 4 6 Test results are not being printed by the i
16. 22 25 U13 516 STEP 5 7 2 74HCOZ PUSH L oH NC ARM 126 8 WR a NC MOTOR 0E 7 2 40 C2 5V 12 NC 1 3 T C55 o 19 REF 17 R2 po 8 500 12 READ STEP 2 301 OM 17 sm 13 5 H HEAD DIR 4 45V 011 502 _ MOTORL gr 1 029 74 75 C58 JuF 1 02 1 2 25 Sla 315 603 74HCO8 4 WALKING STEP e NCC te 9 BEAM DIR Q0 8 MOTOR ge 11 lt 2 es anz p 2 SDA 10 025 iE Sr 00 1000 20 Am3 ps3 305 to DE 2 5 gt aa A 12 506 FINDES 1 2 nc 22 07 SD 4 12voc 17 e 3 voo 4 e vec GND 12voc 18 gt 12 a i io e 12 0 19 e gt 12 1 7 000 005 1 NC 70 GND 13 ER p 1 Dib 000 NC TAN C53 T 25V T C65 amp et 3 C18 T GND 1 Lb ab i 1 101 vii MANAG 2 025 LN zal 2 TAHCOS oo T cs co G6 1 sv e 8171615 4 8 WR a mE z 10 pu PREAMP Rep dino 2 e S E 1 1 ap BS 4 ou 9 REF BOARD 2 ABCD dem M ae po t8 _ spo 7 12106 9 oy 112131 301 OHM o 1c p 7 sm 9 2 12 0 10 02 S02 10 uze 2 74HC4078 SHUTDOWN 4 e Ane pj B 503 3 12 0 6 e 12V TANTO 4 T4HCOB 1 1 aa d 3 21 AN 14 SDA NC 5V DOUT
17. CHAPTER TEN ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Title Page Upper Case Assembly J JJJJJJY 10 3 Exploded View Part 1 10 4 Exploded View Part 2 10 5 Base Plate Assembly Part 10 6 Base Plate Assembly Part 2 10 7 10 8 Electronics Bracket Assembly 10 9 Lower Case 10 10 Drive Housing 10 11 Powel Cable 10 12 Gable Assembly Printer 10 13 Optical Interrupter 10 14 Fixed Table Assembly and 10 15 Bare Code Reader 10 16 Motor Casting Assembly T TY JJJT 10 17 Display Bezel Assembly
18. Caution Cotton gloves MUST be worn when handling the Lamps Pre amp PCBs and A D PCB Powder from latex gloves Oil and dirt from skin will cause imprecision in readings Static precautions must be observed when working on the instrument with the Upper Case removed Page 9 18 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 7 Both lamps have a plastic lamp securing arm To remove the lamp gently pull the locking arm away from the lamp until the lamp clears the arm 8 Remove the lamp Assembl Note Lamps should be replaced in pairs 9 Install the Lamp Assembly Both lamps have a plastic locking arm to secure them in place To Install the lamp gently pull locking arm way from lamp holder and insert the lamp 10 Route the lamp cables are under the Pre Amp flex cables and insure that plugs P5 and 6 lock into the mating connectors on the A D PCB Check that neither the flex cables or the lamp cables will come in contact with the inside of the hood area of the Upper Case 11 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 12 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 13 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 6 and 9 5 14 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 15 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 9 16 A D PCB and Pre amp PCB Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for 4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Cotton gloves e Torque Driver 9 16 1 A D PCB Di mbi 1 Re
19. EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 3 1 Instrument Release Test Equipment Required e PC with the following minimum configuration 486 33MHz processor 8 16 Megabytes of Memory 1 free serial port e Windows 3 11 or 95 e Serial test cable Null modem DB25 to DB9 p n 40453255 e Instrument Release Test Software p n 5 00169 Release Test limits file p n SROO170X Floating Rail Hold down p n 71647013 Hard Standards Test Strip p n 95002262 Thermal Printer Paper Instrument Test Card p n 5 00081 Refer to the RSL 024E6470 Recommended Spare Parts List for the current part numbers for the fixtures The Instrument Release Test uses a special test strip and a PC running the Release test software to perform a quality check on the operation of the instrument In this test data is outputed from the instrument and collected by the PC running the release software Next the data is analyzed and compared to predefined limits and if the results are within the limits the instrument passes the test The PC screen will display if the instrument passed or failed The Test Hard Standard strip used for the release test has pads in the following positions P4 P9 P10 and P11 The procedure for performing the Release Test is as follows 1 With the power off install the Instrument Test Card and connect the CT 500 via the DB25 serial port to the test cable from the PC Install the Floating Rail Hold down on th
20. Horizontal Plate Alignment Fixture 71647012 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 19 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 10 20 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H SCHEMATICS CHAPTER ELEVEN SCHEMATIC DIAGRAMS Page Let and Right hand Preamps 11 3 Display Interface 11 5 Strip Detector 11 7 Mother Board 11 9 Processor Part saa SUE ASS mul ell ee el t ecl t ere 1141 Processor Part 2 11 13 l aaa ass sassa asss usss 1115 Interconnect Diagram 1147 Rev 1199G CLINITEK 500 11 1 SCHEMATICS Rev 1199G CLINITEK 500 11 2 151 CTSDET
21. J1 and J2 by gently pressing on the top edge of the PCB 13 Install the four screws SEMS holding PCB to electronic bracket Tighten to a torque of 5 inch pounds NOTE The screw above the PCMCIA card requires a lock washer between the screw head and the PCB 14 Position the instrument so that the back is facing you 15 Connect the Printer Interface Assembly cable to J3 located in center of the Processor PCB looking from the front 16 Connect the Strip Detector to J6 on the top left side of the Processor PCB REPAIR REPLACEMENT 17 Connect the Pre amp A D to J2 on the top right side of the Processor PCB 18 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 19 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 20 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables section 9 6 and 9 5 21 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 22 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 9 11 1 SIMM PCB Dis Assembly CAUTION The SIMM processor must be programmed as follows failure to do so will lead to damage of the Strip Detector on initial instrument power up 1 Install the new SIMM processor 2 Disconnect the strip detector cable from the Main Processor PCB Cable J6 3 Install the Display into the Display Test Stand and reconnect the display 4 Reconnect the power cord install the Instrument Test Card section 9 2 5 Turn the instrument ON When it asks to reprogram the instrument respond YES 6 When repro
22. Page 5 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY CHAPTER SIX FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY Section Introduction 6 0 General Operation 6 1 User Interface U 6 2 Power Distribution 6 3 Mother 6 4 Motor Drive Circuits 6 4 1 Optical Sensors 6 4 2 Printer Interface 6 4 3 Serial 6 6 4 4 Moving table 6 5 Main 6 6 Touch Screen Display 6 7 Readhead System
23. Page D 12 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity CLA Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR English Nordic with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 4 LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORANGE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN LT BLUE BLUE DK BLUE CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Clarity no result conversion required CLINITEK 20
24. 3 0 80C517 AIN2 D4 4 5 DN 1 Pa A q SHT 2 Het 20 AN3 05 3 505 5 uz 9 T 7615 06 506 aN 10 7 1 2 507 C19 Pho o o 3 00 07 1 H c 1 1 2 3 vcc GND 12 1 11 C20 C67 68 EH L e DGND 12 1 rum iu ee C52 gt 7 608 2 25 T a OMS Ls DGND 8 Rx TANT e e TXD PRGM 80C517 DATA DATA DATA DATA WR WA VR gt 60 45V PIN 27 Un 5 e WR a i SHT 2 CE TXRDY1 1002 C24 PIN 12 Xo 2 204113 20 100K al ee 12 5V 3100 RLI 05 1 11 lt U16 SH ute T er 01 Jd INT xo 2 20 amp DQ i 1 x m 234 u EM E Db 31 pl RE CS 20 PART 1 THHC244 2 000 51 20 28 DU Spy SINL vcc amp B M DG 5 17 06 7 sout 38 0 2 0 00 E xo 2 h iy l8 R18 C8 4D 30 0078705 22 OUT 57 s E 99400833 4 16 100K 1 Du 615 1 6 D 165520 DIRI 52 Pu 01 1A2 1Y2 7 15 007 9 arsi 136 02 02 02 02 6 i 60 50 10 07 8151 55 5 Bie ay 2 2 14 Do 8 1 A0 MFT po 03 o u 159 hd 13 BUSY x es 13 11 XIN IR B INTR1 DO 61 0 2 12 33 005 7 ns 13 201 7 112 VSS1 VDD1 e 4105 as 242 212 13 vals 32 TXRDY2 DX E E 006 15 5 XOUT TXRDY2 31 007 9 zas 213 Hs 10 AL uu 5 R22 100K 07 NOTES D 24 2 4 100K CLK 60 A2 B 0 7
25. 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0mg dL no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion needed no conversion needed NEGATIV 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIV SPUR 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL 0 rbc uL Ca 10 rbc uL Ca 10 rbc uL Ca 25 rbc uL Ca 80 rbc uL Ca 200 rbc uL NEGATIV SPUR 30 mg dL 100 mg dL 22300 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIV no conversion needed NEGATIV POSITIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIV Page C 20 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C German Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU 0 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 cells uL Ca 15 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL Ca 70 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL Ca 125 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL Ca 500 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service
26. 5 WALKING 1 3 ET 7 vec BEAM gt e e 7 d 2 MOTOR 6 10K gt 5 m cB E i T STEP OUT A 4 MAX1489E 10 8 6 1 1 1 OE 00 3 DSR 6 1 10 DR OUT C 3 2 9 M XIAB9E L L lt 5 HALF OUT_D 1 LUE u fo MOTHER BOARD 5V LL ee i es Hi SCHEMATIC RTS 4 GND2 GND LL 5 AM 99400832 sea Bs MAX1488E 1 112 e TANTALUM 5V P14 E aly 45V 12V T b R6 5 OHM i RS232 P4 U6 UCN5804B 512 613 1 R7 5 OHM 3W 5 uc 46 MAX1489E L 2 16 m 1 3 R8 1 T vec RXD 3 u2 10K T PUSHARM NC 17 A mE MOTOR i 2 DO i STEP OUT A 4 10 8 OE e 3 DSR 6 u 1 6 DIR OUT_C e 2 NC 19 gt m gt gt mE 10 3 5V MAX1489E Sis ae ae e HALF OUT D 1 NC 21 7 2 9 s 13 salsa SK13 RIS 4 L d us 0 x G 7 1 gt MAXILBBE E a GND1 GND3 e Td cae 6 E GND2 GND 6 TXD 2 u J3 CENTRONICS NC 24 M T NE coe ease 11 BUSY 12V DTR 20 UL 12 PAPEROUT 12V S C15 S NC 8 e 1 STROBE 1 MAX1488E 1 e 9 5V 6 NC 10 e 8 DATA7 NC 1 12V 12V 7 IDATAS da U7 UCNS804B los 1 T A NC 12 6 DATAS R19 T 1 VCC 68uF 25V READHEAD NC 13 14 a2 e 5 DATAL MK 7 L TANTALUM DRIVE SIG GND 7 5 DATA3 MOTOR
27. 80 ERI uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INDICIOS 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 30 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen 0 2 E U dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 15 cel uL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 70 cel uL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 125 cel uL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 500 cel uL Page C 34 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 35 APPENDIX D APPENDIX D CLINITEK 200 Emulation Output Format Support Communication Parameters 1 8 amp Nee 2 Baud Rate 1200 Lo E Lo 9G 9200 Handshake Data Control Character Support Reset the RS 232 port to default condition lt DC1 gt lt DC2 gt XON enables transmission XOFF disables transmission Hardware Handshake
28. 9 3 9 4 Fixed 80 8 9 5 Moving Table 9 6 Upper Case 9 7 Fan 9 7 1 Table Guide Left 9 8 Right 9 9 Power Supply J 9 10 Processor PCB 9 11 SIMM 9 11 1 Electronics Bracket 9 12 The Mother 9 13 Strip Detector 9 14
29. The major improvement over previous systems has been in workflow reduction Customers can reduce their technician time spent on processing urine samples To achieve this overall benefit the following features were implemented e Touch screen display for easier and faster operation e Non pacing operation mode to process samples at the users pace e Increased throughput for completing work faster e Automatic urine color determination to speed up data entry e Confirmatory Sieve with Batch Results Editing to eliminate time consuming mainframe editing e Memory Recall which allows customers to display the test results from specific samples e Interactive Bar Code Reader Support optional to enter patient ID and color and clarity more efficiently e Internal Automatic Calibration to improve reliability of results e No warm up time for starting a batch Rev 1199H User Interface available in English German French Italian Spanish and Kanji with applicable help screens The general description of the CLINITEK 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer can be found on pages 1 0 to 1 5 in the Operating Manual 1 2 General Specifications Size Depth 32 4 cm 12 8 in Width 37 7 cm 14 8 in Height 28 2 cm 11 1 in Weight 7 4 Kg 16 3 Ib Input voltage Auto Ranging 90 VAC to 264 VAC 50 60 Hz Maximum Power Input 72VA Thermal output 246 BTU hr Line Leakage Current 0 5 milliamperes in normal
30. e An STX is output as the first character of each set e If the Computer Checksum option is set to ON a checksum of all bytes sent between the STX and ETX is obtained and truncated to 8 bits This is sent as two hexadecimal digits O thru F the most significant four bits first These two ASCII characters are sent preceding the ETX e An ETX is output as the last character of each set Page C 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX Data Set Output Format stxcrlf 3 characters A AAAeeeeeeRR BB BBcrlf 22 characters 25 characters total GLUeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 47 characters total BILeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 69 characters total CCCeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 91 characters total DDDeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 113 characters total EEEeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 135 characters total pHeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrl1f 22 characters 157 characters total PROeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 179 characters total FFFeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 201 characters total NITeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 223 characters total GGGeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 245 characters total etx 1 character 246 characters total OR cklck2etx 3 characters 248 characters total Variables Represents a spac
31. 00081 e Digital volt meter or equivalent e Display service test fixture 71647014 Pr r 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 2 Reconnect the display using the Display Test Fixture 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation during servicing 4 Turn the instrument on Select the first level of instrument tests and select Sensor Status Refer to section 7 3 3 3 5 Interrupt each of the sensors and observe that the status changes If the status fails to change replace the sensor and perform the test a second time 6 If the sensor test fails a second time the problem may lie in the Mother PCB or with the Main PCB 7 4 5 Display Testing Equipment required e Instrument Test Card 5 00081 e Digital volt meter or equivalent e Display service test fixture 71647014 Pr r 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 2 Reconnect the display using the Display Test Fixture 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation during servicing Next select display test display Refer to section 7 3 3 5 If the display fails this test proceed to the next step 4 Verify that the display assembly is receiving power Remove the Display bezel assembly from the instrument leaving the cable connected to the Main Processor PCB 5 Using a volt meter check for voltage being present on the display interface PCB while the instrument p
32. 11 6 T4HC32 i 65 0 ta 12 015 1 4 n 5 us 7 e a A 29 gt SJ T4HCOB 1 E E 5 B gt 74HC32 PSEN 1 4 29 ao ADDRESS e e 36 1611 R17 01 LT12068900R I 10K G rw2s04NG FERRITE 67 DETZ 2 U7 9 i H2 DATA e of TELS 9i u y 9 DE T4HCOB T 2 CLINITEK 500 1113 GREEN RED BLUE 5V 5V DGND GREEN IR RED BLUE 5V 5V DGND CAPACITOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED RESISTOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS 1 1 8W UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED AN 12V P3 6 VR1 9 1 _1 comp i 10 e 3 wp vout 6 11 T ur tame 9 12 8 C9 8 oe Dar 1 BEND BEND BEND CHO 550 5 7 1122 ts 3 CHS DOUT 3 2 DIN 1 705 REF 5 CH6 REF 5V 5V g cht AGND 1 107 COM v 4 06ND vec Ui LTC1296CCS 12V T P4 5 e 2 IN OUT 1 San R1 VR2 LP2951CN HEN P
33. 2 Phillips head screwdriver Standard blade screwdriver Instrument Test Card Test Strip Procedure 1 Remove the upper case assembly from the instrument Section 9 7 ad the Fixed and Moving Tables refer to sections 9 5 and 9 6 2 Loosen the two screws in the horizontal plate See figure 8 4 3 Install the Moving Table alignment fixture on the horizontal plate on to the drive housing 4 Install the Fixed Table portion of the alignment fixture Figure 8 4 5 Rotate the Mechanism so that the fingers of the Moving Table are in the UP position To do this use a pair of pliers to grasp the motor coupling and rotate it 6 With the finger s of Moving Table in the UP position center them in the slots of the Fixed Table portion of the alignment fixture tighten the two screws in the horizontal plate of the drive housing 5 inch pounds Ensure that the horizontal plate is fully to the right with the chamfer against the locating tab not riding up on it 7 Rotate he Mechanism so that the fingers of the Moving Table are Down and remove the alignment fixtures ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS 8 Reassemble the instrument and perform the Set up Strip Centering test and Strip Walk Test refer to sections 7 3 3 4 amp 7 3 3 6 If either test fails repeat the alignment procedure 8 4 Printer Adjustments Tools Instrument Test Card e Small standard blade screwdriver e Cotton tip applicators or eq
34. EXERCISE ALL MOTIONS 10 CYCLES 500 CYCLES 8000 CYCLES le le DI 30000 CYCLES about 500 cycles Hr Exercise All Motions Screen All motors and actions are operated as a normal run cycle with the appropriate delays The number of cycles of operation may be selected The cycle number being run is displayed and any detected error is displayed If any errors are generated during the test the most recent it will be displayed on the screen The error will be cleared from the screen when the return to ready run key is pushed 7 3 3 3 Sensor Status This test displays the current status of all of the mechanical sensors The normal status of the sensors is shown in the example of the screen where AAA BBB and CCC can have a value of YES or NO SENSOR STATUS TABLE IN PLACE AAA BLOTTER AT HOME BBB TRANSPORT HOME CCC Sensor Status Screen The table 7 3 1 below shows the normal sensor status values when the Fixed and Moving Tables are installed and the instrument is in the Ready state Sensor Status Table In Place Yes Push Bar Home Yes Transport Home No Table 7 3 1 Page 7 36 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 3 4 Setup Strip Centering Equipment required e Floating Table Hold down p n 71647013 e Standard Strip p n 95002262 This test performs an automatic s
35. Each of the three serial ports computer port bar code port and the auxiliary port may be tested using a loop back connector Refer to the RSL for the part numbers for the appropriate loop back connector Page 7 40 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING The External PrinterTest is tested by sending the same ASCII message but requires connecting a printer An example of the print out is below 1 0123456789 2 CAPS small letters AV Printer test output 7 3 4 3 Test Touch Screen The touch screen test routine displays a test screen and pushing it at any location displays a marker The line and column sensed is displayed along with the A D readings from that location PUSH ANYPLACE TO TEST TOUCH SCREEN AAAA BBBB CCCCC DDDDD ERASE Touch Screen Test Screen AAAA Will display C the column that was touched on the screen BBBB Will display R the row that was touched on the screen CCCC Will display X the X coordinate that was touched on the screen DDDD Will display Y the Y coordinate that was touched on the screen Erase Clears all s from the screen and deletes the coordinates in the upper left corner of the screen Exit Returns to the Instrument Test Level 2 screen 7 3 4 4 Test Strip Detector TEST STRIP DETECTOR 5 Jof PRINT DETECTOR SETUP VALUES
36. INTACT 1 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 NEGATIVE 1 2 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 1 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 1 1 NEGATIVE NEGATIVE 1 2 3 NORMAL NORMAL 1 2 3 Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE
37. Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the system to start normally From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select LEVEL 3 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 3 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 3 menu select LEVEL 4 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 4 menu Select CYCLE BLOTTER from the Instrument Tests Level 4 menu If an error codes is not displayed the test passed To exit push the arrow in the upper right corner It will step you back to the Main Menu Page 12 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 12 11Setup Strip Centering Equipment required e Floating Table Hold down p n 71647013 e Hard Standard Strip p n 95002262 Referance section 7 3 3 4 Procedure 1 Install the Floating Rail Hold down onto the Fixed table and install the Fixed table onto the instrument 2 Insert the Instrument Test Card If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the system to start normally 3 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 men
38. Level 4 menu see below Select the Generate LEU Corr Factor menu option Instrument Tests Level 4 CYCLE READHEADS CYCLE TABLE READ STRIP DUMP DATA PRINT TRANSFERRED DATA E E zi 2 sl GENERATE LEU CORR FACTOR The first screen displayed in the LEU Correction Factor test is shown below LEU CORRECTION FACTOR AA GENERATE LEU CORR FACTOR Page 7 46 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING The variable AA indicates the current LEU correction factor stored for the instrument The correction factor can have value from 99 to 99 If the Instrument has not previously had a LEU correction Factor generated the value of AA 00 and no sign will be shown To set a new correction factor press the key Generate LEU Corr Factor which will then display the following screen Use MULTISTIX 10 SG RUN 10 STRIPS FOR NEW CORRECTION When the above screen is displayed the instrument is ready to start having strips placed upon the load zone of the instrument Immediately place strip on instrument fixed table The strip will be detected and pusher bar will move strip to the readhead areas After the first strip has been detected the display will change as shown below Use MULTISTIX 10 SG RUN 10 STRIPS FOR LEU CORRECTION ABORT SEQUENCE
39. OTHER Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 43 APPENDIX D Spanish Supports CLINITEK 200 Program D4 Spanish with PLUS system set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone CET Specific Gravity DEN Blood SAN Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIVO 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL 221000 mg dL NEGATIVO BAJO MODERADO ALTO NEGATIVO INDICIOS 15 mg dL 40 mg dL 2 80 mg dL NEGATIVO IND INTACTOS IND HEMOLIZ Apr 25 Hem uL Apr 80 Hem uL Apr 200 Hem uL NEGATIVO INDICIOS 30 mg dL 100 mg dL 22300 mg dL 0 2 U E dL 1 0 U E dL 2 0 U E dL 4 0 U E dL gt 8 0 U E dL no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
40. PROCEDURES 4 0 Introduction Refer to sections 3 and 4 of the Operating Manual for instructions on the operation of the CLINITEK amp 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 4 1 OPERATIONS PROCEDURES This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 4 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE CHAPTER FIVE PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE Introduction Cleaning Lubrication 5 0 Introduction This section describes cleaning and preventative maintenance test procedures that should be performed as a matter of routine anytime that a CLINITEK 500 instrument is in Bayer Diagnostics possession Following these procedures will help identify possible system weaknesses prior to them manifesting themselves as field failures 5 1 Cleaning Reference CLINITEK 500 Operating Manual Section 5 CARE OF THE INSTRUMENT for cleaning instructions beu LL ME 5 0 5 1 5 2 5 2 Lubrication Push Bar Slide Arm Shaft 1 Clean the Push Bar Slide Arm Shaft with alcohol Apply a thin coat of Lubriplate 630 AA Multi purpose Grease part number 50336008 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 5 1 PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE This Page ts Intentionally Blank
41. SPUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 Urobilinogen UBG 0 2 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 8 0 mg dL POSITIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIV Leukocytes LEU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 Page D 34 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D German S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Color COL COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Farbe CLINITEK 200 Clarity ASP Invalid Result Value FEHLER FEHLER HELL GELB GELB DUNK GELB HELL ORANGE ORANGE DUNK ORANGE HELL ROT ROT DUNK ROT HELL GRUEN GRUEN DUNK GRUEN HELL BRAUN BRAUN DUNK BRAUN HELL BLAU BLAU DUNK BLAU KLAR FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
42. The last line which is printed Strip Walk Test X where X can be equal to one of three values A BorC These values represent different sets of criteria which the assembly passes C A strip position of 0 or 8 was detected at either readhead A strip position of 2 or 6 occurred six or more times at either read head or the average for either readhead was less than 3 or greater than 5 5 or strip position of 1 or 7 was detected at either read head None of the Above Different sets of testing criteria are used for New Drive housing assemblies Assemblies with less than 8000 cycles and a Used Drive housing Assembly 8000 or more cycles Page 7 38 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING New Drive Housing assemblies must report Strip Walk Test A If B or C is reported with a New assembly it fails the test Used Drive housing assemblies must report Strip Walk Test A or B The criteria for the Used assembly makes allowances for normal parts wear Any Drive Housing Assembly which reports Walk T Fails the test NOTE All new instruments have passed a burn in test in which the drive housing has cycled 8000 times In case of a system failing this test the Drive Housing assembly will require that the horizontal plate be realigned See section 8 3
43. dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Leukocytes WBC 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Page D 42 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D Kanji with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Color COL Clarity CLA 1 2 LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORANGE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BLUE BLUE DK BLUE LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Colore gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Aspetto no conversion required STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER 1 2
44. env 70 GB uL env 125 GB uL env 500 GB uL JAUNE CLR JAUNE JAUNE FONC ORANGE CLR ORANGE ORANGE FONC ROUGE CLR ROUGE ROUGE FONC VERT CLR VERT VERT FONC BLEU CLR BLEU BLEU FONC MARRON CLR MARRON MARRON FONC LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE no conversion required COL gt gt gt gt gt gt COULEUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt ASPECT no conversion required NEGATIF env 15 GB uL env 70 GB uL env 125 GB uL env 500 GB uL PAILLE JAUNE JAUN FONCE AMBRE ORANGE ORANGE ROUGE ROUGE ROUGE VERT VERT VERT AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE Invalid Result Value ERREUR ERREUR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 21 APPENDIX D Supports CLIN
45. from the Mother PCB h Crank Arm Sensor P9 from the Mother PCB i Push Arm Motor P14 from the Mother PCB j Readhead Drive Motor P15 from the Mother PCB k Moving table Motor P13 from the Mother PCB Moving Table Sensor P11 from the Mother PCB 10 Gently lift the Baseplate Mechanism Assembly upward Use the Right Hand Table Guide and the Push Arm Rail Support for lifting By lifting straight upward the Readhead Motor Assembly Pulley will miss the Electronic Mounting Bracket Top Assembly 11 If the Baseplate Assembly is replaced transfer the instrument Serial Number label from the old Baseplate to the new Baseplate Affix the label to the left front top corner of the assembly 12 Use the Right Hand Table Guide and the Push Arm Rail Support to lift gently set the Baseplate Mechanism Assembly into position 13 Reconnect the sensor and motor cables to the Mother PCB Rev 1199H 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 Fixed Table Sensor P10 to Mother PCB Crank Arm Sensor P9 to The Mother PCB Push Arm Motor P14 to The Mother PCB Readhead Drive Motor P15 to The Mother PCB Moving table Motor P13 to The Mother PCB Moving Table Sensor P11 to The Mother PCB Connect the Pre amp A D Flex Cable to Processor PCB Connect the two Strip Detector Flex Cables P1 to P8 on The Mother PCB and P2 to J6 on Processor PCB Install
46. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Klarheit no conversion required KLAR FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 35 APPENDIX D Italian Supports CLINITEK 200 Program E4 Italian with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity PS Blood SAN Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIVO 1 0 g L 2 5 g L 5 0 g L gt 10 0 g L NEGATIVO LEGGERO MEDIO FORTE NEGATIVO TRACCE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL 2 80 mg dL NEGATIVO TRACCE NT TRACCE LIS LEGGERO NEGATIVO TRACCE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
47. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIF TRACE TRACE FAIBLE NEGATIF TRACE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Page C 14 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C French Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF env 15 GB uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL env 70 GB uL gt gt
48. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 9 APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40103 English Nordic with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 Glucose GLU NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE 1 2 3 Ketone KET NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 Specific Gravity SG Blood BLD NEGATIVE INTACT 1 Protein PRO NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 Urobilinogen UBG 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt g
49. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 30 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen URO 0 2 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 2 E U dL 1 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 E U dL 2 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 0 E U dL 4 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Leukocytes LEU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Page 16 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX French 5 1 Support for CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40100 French S I with PLUS system set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone CET Specific Gravity DEN Blood SNG Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIF 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L 2 55 mmol L NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACES 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt
50. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 NEGATIVO Apr 15 cel uL Apr 70 cel uL Apr 125 cel uL Apr 500 cel uL COLURICA AMARILLO AM OSCURO AMBAR ANARANJ ANARANJ ROJIZO ROJIZO ROJIZO VERDOSO VERDOSO VERDOSO OTROS OTROS OTROS OTROS OTROS OTROS ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Aspecto no conversion required APPENDIX D Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 45 APPENDIX D Support for CLINITEK 200 Program D40100 Spanish with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Glucose GLU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVO 1 CLINITEK 200 NEGATIVO INDICIO 1 2 3 NEGATIVO 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 Ketone CET NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt
51. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt GREEN GREEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt GREEN DK GREEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt GREEN LT BLUE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTHER BLUE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTHER DK BLUE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTHER LT BROWN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTHER BROWN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTHER DK BROWN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTHER Clarity CLA CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Aspetto no conversion required 1 2 3 3 Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 41 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 Program B40101 Kanji with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU 1 no conversion required 2 3 Bilirubin BIL 1 2 no conversion required 3 Ketone KET 1 no conversion required 2 3 Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OB gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO no conversion required Urobilinogen URO 0 1 E U dL 0 1 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U
52. 0 Introduction The Instrument Test Card is a special program card used during the manufacturing and servicing of the CLINITEK 500 The following section of the manual explains the function of each test To use this test card first turn the instrument power off then remove the Customer Program Card all customer setup options are saved in this card Next insert the test card into the program card socket When the instrument power is turned back ON the test software will start CLINITEK 500 INSTRUMENT TEST PROGRAM Copyright 1997 Bayer Corporation Power ON message Following the startup screen if the touch sscreen is not calibrated the user will be prompted to calibrate the touch screen by pressing the areas indicated on the following screens TOUCH SCREEN HERE CALIBRATE THE TOUCH SCREEN CALIBRATE THE TOUCH SCREEN TOUCH SCREEN HERE Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 31 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING When the program card is first installed the instrument compares the software version in in the card for processor 2 with that running processor 2 If the software versions do not match the two version numbers will be displayed and the system will prompt Reprogram Processor 2 Pushing the YES key on the touch screen reprograms the processor while pushing the NO key does not Processor 42 version is AAAAAA The new card version
53. 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 30 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen UBG 0 2 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 8 0 mg dL POSITIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIV Leukocytes LEU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Page C 22 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX German 5 1 Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40104 German S I with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood OBL Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIV 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIV SCHWACH MAESSIG STARK NEGATIV SPUR 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L 0 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL Ca 200 Ery uL NEGATIV SPUR 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L
54. 1199H FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY The Moving Table interrupter is used to determine if the strip transport is working properly Once the system initiates a test cycle and activates those mechanisms used to advance a regent test strip it expects to see a signal change from this sensor within a certain time window This sensor plugs into connector P1 on the MOTHER PCB If a signal is not seen the system interprets this as a problem with the moving table and reports a general error 23 which will halt operation 6 4 3 Printer interface The external printer port J3 is located on the Mother PCB In addition to providing the routing from Main PCB connector J1 to connector J3 mounted to the rear of the instrument the data lines are clamped for noise suppression with diodes D14 through D24 6 4 4 Serial Ports The Mother PCB also provides interconnection from the Main PCB connector J2 to the three RS232 serial ports J5 J6 and P4 Connector J6 is a RJ45 8 pin modular jack and connector P4 is a 25 pin female D Connector These are for serial communication with external equipment The remaining port J5 is an 8 pin RJ45 connector that is dedicated for use with a bar code reader On this jack pins 1 amp 3 are tied to ground pin 4 is serial output from the Main PCB pin 5 is serial input Pin 6 provides 5 VDC output and pin 7 provides a 12 VDC output for the reader 6 4 5 Moving table Following confirmation of reagent st
55. 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIV SCHWACH MAESSIG STARK NEGATIV SPUR 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL 0 rbc uL Ca 10 rbc uL Ca 10 rbc uL Ca 25 rbc uL Ca 80 rbc uL Ca 200 rbc uL NEGATIV SPUR 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL Nitrite NIT NE
56. 200 Glucose GLU no conversion required Bilirubin BIL no conversion required Ketone KET no conversion required Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OB gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO no conversion required gt 300 mg dL gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen URO 0 1 E U dL 0 1 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL RR Page D 40 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D Kanji with PLUS system set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes WBC no conversion required Color COL COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Colore LT YELLOW gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt STRAW YELLOW gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt YELLOW DK YELLOW gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt DK YELLOW LT ORANGE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt AMBER ORANGE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ORANGE DK ORANGE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ORANGE LT RED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt RED RED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt RED DK RED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt RED LT GREEN
57. 500 SEQ position 1 is dropped position 2 becomes the prefix digit an endash is appended and then positions 3 through 5 are used as the index portion of the SEQ 2 Although the date used with CLINITEK 200 data is the date of data transfer and NOT the date when the strips were run the date used for CLINITEK 500 output is the date the test was performed 3 The order of transmission for test results is fixed It is always GLU BIL KET SG BLO pH URO NIT LEU 4 The test abbreviation is a three character left justified field For SG and pH the third character is a space 5 Positive test results are never marked 6 Edited test results are never marked 7 The test result field may be replaced by ERROR for all tests in a record The word ERROR is NOT translated 8 The following data fields NOT transmitted Sample ID Tech ID Color Clarity Page C 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C Result Value Conversions From CLINITEK 500 to CLINITEK 200 English Conventional Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card A40100 English Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 200 Test CLINITEK 500 Glucose GLU NEGATIVE 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE Ketone KET NEGATIVE TRACE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity SG NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT TRACE LYSED SMALL MODERATE Blood BLO
58. 6 2 Cycle Table Advance the moving table one complete cycle 7 3 6 3 Move the pusher arm complete cycle Note Any errors generated in the above tests will be displayed on the screen 7 3 6 4 Read Strip Dump Data This test provides a means of viewing the raw data without being routed through processor 2 thus isolating data errors A hard standards strip is placed at the load station of the fixed table and then OK pushed to start the operation The strip is moved to the first readhead and scanned All data as A D counts are transferred to processor 1 which echoes the data to the RS 232 port There is no storage or handshaking involved The strip is then moved to the second readhead and the process is repeated The strip is then moved to the waste bin READ STRIP DUMP DATA e Place TEST Strip Read Strip Dump Data Screen Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 45 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 6 5 Print Transferred Data Allows printing of whatever data message was last sent to processor 1 from processor 2 on the instrument printer see example below 00 00003 9707151307 000044 2508 0707 5608 2205 0503 0612 0489 0571 0688 0707 0609 1063 0658 0623 0519 0980 0825 0753 0609 1963 0830 0722 0573 1144 0761 0660 0534 0842 0761 0660 0534 0842 0755 0614 0431 0733 0820 0683 0608 0834 0388 0370 0350 0292 0814 0691 0590 1000 08
59. 6 4 4 Moving table 6 5 Main PCB 6 6 Touch Screen Display 6 7 Read head System Overview 6 8 Read Head Movement 6 8 1 Pre amp PCB 6 9 Pre amp A D PCB 6 10 Strip Detector 6 11 Rev 1199H Table of Contents Page 1 of 4 CLINITEK 500 SERVICE MANUAL Section Description Section number Exercise Diagnostics Troubleshooting 7 Troubleshooting Chart 7 1 Explanation of Error Codes 7 2 Introduction 7 2 0 Error Handling 7 2 1 Error Summary 7 2 2 Explanation of Instrument Test Card 7 3 Introduction 7 3 0 Self Checks 7 3 1 Ready Screen 7 3 2 Level 1 instrument Tests 7 3 3 Level 2 instrument Tests 7 3 4 Level 3 instrument Tests 7 3 5 Level 4 instrument Tests 7 3 6 Detailed Troubleshooting and Testing 7 4 Introduction 7 4 0 Pre amp PCB 7 4 1 A D PCB 7 4 2 Mother PCB 7 4 3 Sensor Tests 7 4 5 Display Testing 7 4 6 Main Processor PCB 7 4 7 Alignments Adjustments 8 Introduction 8 0 Voltage adjustments 8 1 Readhead alignment 8 2 Horizontal plate adjustment 8 3 Printer cleaning 8 4 Cleaning print mechanism 8 5 1 Cleaning the printer platen 8 5 2 Sensor adjustments 8 6 Push Bar slide lubrication 8 7 Page 2 of 4 Table of contents Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 SERVICE MANUAL Section Description Section number Repair Replacement 9 Introduction 9 0 Pusher Bar 9 1 PCMCIA 9 2 Printer Module 9 3 Bezel 9 4 Fixed Table 9 5 Moving Table 9 6 Upper Case 9 7 Fan 9 7 1 Table Guide Left 9 8 Table Guide Right 9 9 Power Supply 9 10 Processor P
60. 7 8 mmol L NEGATIF TRACES INTACT TRACES LYSE FAIBLE NEGATIF TRACES 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required DEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SG no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required CLINITEK 200 NEGATIF 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACES 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIF ENV 10 GR uL ENV 10 GR uL ENV 25 GR uL ENV 80 GR uL ENV 200 GR uL NEGATIF TRACES 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 17 APPENDIX French S I with PLUS system set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 15 LEU uL FAIBLE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 70
61. AAAAA BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB STOP Note The variable AAAA is the sequence number of the strip that is being processed The Variable is an Error message if an error condition is detected and is report as a normal CLINITEK 500 error code Once started you need to dip another strip and place on the table for every 7 second cycle until all 10 strips have been run 10 strips must be run for the instrument to be normalized Note Once started all 10 strips must be run without missing a 7 second cycle If you miss a cycle the test will report an error and you will need to run the test again All 10 strips can be dipped in the same tube of leukocyte negative solution However a tube of leukocyte solution is good for only 10 strips and must be discarded after each complete test is run LEU Correction Factor AVERAGE AAA MAXIMUM BBB MINIMUM RANGE DD Once all ten strips have been processed the results are displayed on the screen as shown above A printout of the data sets and the minimum maximum range and average decode results will automatically be printed after CT500 normalization is complete An instrument passes the test if the range value for the test is less than or equal to 34 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 47 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 7 48 CLINITEK 500 S
62. Band Leakage Pad 4 Accuracy Pad 4 Precision Pad 10 Accuracy Pad 10 Precision Precision A 3 1 Signal Offset and Maximum Count Limits The data that is used in generating values of Signal Offset and Maximum Count are readings taken from the Cal Chip The limit for the Signal is signal gt 600 The limit for the Offset is 1 Offset lt 399 A result of O or gt 400 indicates a Preamp failure The limit for the Maximum Count is maximum count lt 2048 A 3 2Filter Placement and Out of Band Leakage The next two tests Filter Placement and Out of Band Leakage are testes that verify the operation of the Quad Detector which contains the optical filters and optical detectors The Filter Placement test takes readings from the Blue pad on the hard standard test strip using the IR Red and Green channels The Out of Band Leakage test takes reading from the Red pad on the hard standard test strip using the Green and IR channels These value reported are in percent reflectance R If either of these test fail it is recommended to rerun the test with a New Hard Standard If fails a second time the Preamp PCB should be replaced If the Instrument passes when tested with a new Hard Standard test strip it indicates that the strip which failed the test has been damaged Discard the damaged strip Page A 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX A A 3 3 Accuracy Pad 4 and Pad 10
63. Blood SAN NEGATIVO TRACCE INT TRACCE LIS 1 Protein PRO NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 Urobilinogen URO 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 EU dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required CLINITEK 200 NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 NEGATIVO 1 2 3 NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 NEGATIVO TRACCE TRACCE 1 NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 no conversion required NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 Page D 38 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Test Color COL Clarity ASP Invalid Result Value ERRORE ERRORE Italian with PLUS System set to ON CLINITEK 500 CHIA GIALLO GIALLO SCUR GIALLO CHIA ARANCIONE ARAN
64. CHASSIS 1 E 9 e 3 DATA2 E STEP OUT A 4 NC 14 7 maxadeee 2 DATAL e OUT B 3 NC 15 s 16 NC 107 UR OUT C 4 2 IS 52 92 SIS 92 IS 32 10 NC ES HALF OUT D 1 13 NC 9 1 SK13 SK13 sk13 m BARCODE JS RXE030 sy A V V XV 14 NC 12 DAAG F1 RXE030 412 5V A N 15 NC 92 5 GNDL 603 5 6 Eg 1 MEUM U2 17 NC GND2 GND e 09 020 Dii 012 7 V pma e o o o o o 5 18 GND 5V MAxi489E 77 PV 19 GND no 2 8 is Y 20 GND gt GND a Rit 2 a 160 P9 11 22 GND O REC U4 13 23 GND 4 He e 7 24 GND 1 d _ MAX1488E 25 GND 3 PUSHARM C26 2 INTER L 5V dcm i 5V 9 Ed UL R9 R12 a 1 1 13 M5 16 810 2 7 1489 TABLE PRINTER 3 INTER 3 C25 Mar lt 1 5V di 4 1 12V DO NOT INSTALL 10 R13 eu STRIP SHUTTER DRIVE COMPONENTS 19k 160 DET uw 1 HIGHEST REF REF DES NOIES T DES USED NOT USED 1 RESISTOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS WARE iN E P16 P1 1 8W 1 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED am P2 Tex 5 J6 P3 2 CAPACITOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN MICROFARADS iT 2 INTER 5 U7 P5 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 1 R14 RS 5V 01 E f B 12V 100 1W r1 V 5 R19 C5 3 sto 013 R3 5V 2 n CD Ja j i DE
65. COL B L CD 020 014 209 002 Second V I R G B DCD error code IL 737 663 457 124 0900 ET 785 752 685 432 3847 G 727 692 322 112 5061 H 125 041 026 067 0562 588 589 767 0790 RO 322 322 316 242 0980 IT 063 096 053 530 0836 LO 024 045 056 124 0900 EU 820 771 560 355 5612 1 637 698 876 907 7500 CG rr m m m Figure 7 2 2 position for non zero columns and error code priorities in Table 7 2 2 Note This means that only the higest piroty erors will be displayed even if mutipal error exist For example if the system detects both a skewed strip error on RH 2 Error Code 0009 and a reflectance gt 100 on RH 2 Error Code 0010 the error reported in Figure 7 2 2 might be 0018 If the system generates Low Dark Value error Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 23 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING for RH 1 Error Code 0100 and a Missing Strip error for RH 2 Error Code 0006 then the error code output would be 0106 However if the system generates two errors with digits in the same column only the higher priority error is displayed For example a Reflectance gt 100 error on RH 1 Error Code 1000 and a Auto Strip Type Error on RH 1 Error Code 2000 then the system will output Error Code 2000 since the Auto Strip Type error Priority 10 is a higher priority error then Reflectance Priority 11 Page
66. Exploded View part 2 Description Part number Find Number 7 Screw 4 10 Phillips Cheesa HD 8 Lower Case Assembly 95002174 10 Electronics Bracket Assembly 95002148 11 Shield Printer 50551098 12 Tape Foam 13 Printer Cover 50062319 14 Printer Thermal 40451012 16 Label UL CSA TUV CE 50340726 17 Rating Label 18 Screw M3 X 8 Phillips Cheese HD Not shown Conductive Gasket for Mother 50184582 P C B Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 5 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Base Plate Assembly 1 Find Number Description Part Number 1 Right Table Guide 95002088 2 Drive Housing Assembly 95002066 3 Left Table Guide 95002089 4 Fixed Table Sensor 40453222 5 Push Arm Home sensor 40453233 6 Strip Detector Assembly 95002175 7 Lamp 40453220 Page 10 6 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN 5 A Base Plate Assembly 2 Find Number Description Part Number 1 Screw M3 X 6Phillips Cheese Head 2 Crank Arm 50003063 3 Rail Guide 50513062 4 Pusher Rail Support 50543207 5 Shaft 50552175 6 Slider Arm 50003062 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 7 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Readhead Assembly Find Number Description Part Number 1 Screw M 3 X6 Phillips Cheese Head 50740154 used in 4 places 2 A D PCB assembly 99400
67. Failure of these tests indicates that the Cal Chip on the Fixed Table is not in the proper position incorrect height of angle Retest the instrument using a different fixed table if the error remains it could indicate a problem with the mounting of the table A 3 APrecision Pad 4 and Pad 10 If either of these tests fail repeat the test a second time with a New Hard Standard test strip If the error remains it indicates that the lamp may be dirty clean with alcohol and air dry or the A D PCB is not operating correctly replace A D PCB Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page A 9 APPENDIX A This Page is Intentionally Blank Page A 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX B Appendix B Hard Standards Maintenance B 1 Introduction The servicing of the CLINITEK 500 instrument requires the use of Hard Standard Strips which are obtained in bottles of five under the part number95002262 from the Bayer service inventory These strips are designed to be use for not more than 30 days at which time they should then be discarded Calibration is not required B 2 Storage B 2 1Unused Hard Standard Test Strips New unused Hard Standard Strips should be stored in the labeled container that they came in B 2 2Hard Standard Strips in use When a Hard Standard Strip has been removed from its original labeled container to be used in the testing of CLINITEK 500 instruments it should be marked on the handle en
68. LEU uL MOYEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 125 LEU uL FORT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 500 LEU uL Page C 18 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C Support for CLINITEK 200 Program Card H40100 French S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 5 5 mmol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 14 mmol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 28 mmol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 55 mmol L Bilirubin BIL NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt FAIBLE 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MOYEN 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt FORT Ketone CET NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACES 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 5 mmol L 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 9 mmol L 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 7 8 mmol L Specific Gravity DEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SG DEN no conversion required Blood SNG NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 10 GR uL TRACES LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 10 GR uL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 25 GR uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
69. Printed as Confirmatory Report or Microscopics Report Represents the date of the RUN The date is displayed in the date format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the time of the RUN The time is displayed in the time format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the Sequence Number Represents the ID If the Sample IDs option is set to OFF on Screen Protected Setup 7 8 not printed Represents the test which met the report criteria Two lines are printed for each patient One blank line separates patient data Results Error Report The Results Error report lists the samples for which clinical results are not available because an error was reported during the calculation of at least one of the results This type of an error is not an instrument or system error it affects only the results of the sample for which the error is reported and does not stop the RUN This report is displayed after the Confirmatory and Microscopic reports Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON the report is printed on the internal printer This report format is not available for the Form printer Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 5 APPENDIX E Internal Printer Format 80 Column Printer Format line 1 Results Error Report line 2 AAAAAAAA BBBBBBB Line 3 line 4 CCCCC ID DDDDDDDDDDDDD line 5 CCCCC ID DDDDDDDDDDDDD line n CCCCC ID DDDDDD
70. Printer Module section 9 3 Page 9 12 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H 9 12 Electronics Bracket Dis Assembly Tools required e 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Torque Driver Di mbl Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 o gros Unplug the Strip Detector cable J6 and the cable coming from the A D PCB J2 from the Processor PCB Also disconnect the power cable going to the Printer Interface PCB from the Mother PCB at connector P7 on the Mother PCB 7 From the rear of the instrument remove one screw on left side securing the bracket to the Lower Case This screw goes through a grounding strap 8 Loosen the two screws on the right side Note These screws are designed to stay with the assembly when they are unscrewed As they are loosened an inner spring pushes them upward Once they are loose just leave them seated in hole a first screw is located next to the Power Supply on the inside b One screw is at the right rear of the bracket next to the main power plug Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 13 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 Remove the screw from the base plate connected to the power supply grounding strap 10 Remove the Screw connecting the
71. Protected Setup 7 8 not printed Printed as an asterisk if the test result is positive otherwise not printed Printed as an exclamation symbol 17 if the test result has been edited otherwise not printed Represents the test abbreviation Represents the test result Represents the operator defined header when the Internal Printer option is set to with 12 blank lines between patient result sets otherwise this line is not printed One test result line is printed for each test selected to be reported on Screen Tests Reported and Their Order The printed order of the tests is the order selected on this screen Line 16 is only printed if the Internal Printer option is set to ON with 12 blank lines between patient result sets 80 Column Printer Format The format for clinical results is a left aligned triple column format Line 1 of each page contains the page number of the results report There is one blank line between result sets If only one test result is reported lines 3 4 and 5 are not printed If only two test results are reported lines 4 and 5 are not printed Results are never printed across the paper perforation To accommodate the printing restrictions associated with ink jet and laser jet printers a form feed is issued after line 56 on each page Form feeds are also issued at the end of the results printed for each RUN line 1 Page JJJ line 2 AAAAA BBBBBBBB CCC
72. Standard Results Assigned Defect Codes Network Status 1 6 Rees Apart Disconnected x Procedure TP 4033 User Bob Eichorst Revision 05 ADF OFF Test Results NOT Saved CLINITEK 500 Fi Test Mode Help Settings Communications Status Port 2 Connected Model Serial Number Idle Available Defect Codes 101 COSMETIC DEFECT gt m 102 BEZELLDOSE MISSING SCREWS Transfer Complete 103 S N BAR CODE LABEL MISSING LOOSE gt Assign HESSE Hard Standard Results Assigned Defect Codes Network Status vien Results Vo Repeat Disconnected 22 Procedure TP 4099 User Bob Eichorst Revision 05 Data Storage Status RawData NOT Saved ADF OFF Test Results NOT Saved Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page A 5 APPENDIX A 10 Move the cursor to the Mode button and click on it Make sure that Raw Data ADF and Test Results are all switched to OFF This can be verified by see that the bottom of the screen has these options highlighted in red 11 Move the cursor to the test button A drop down menu will appear Select the Start Session Option 12 On the CLINITEK 500 instrument place a hard standards test strip on the fixed table and press the begin test key 13 If the computer and the CLINITEK 500 instrument are set up correctly you will see the Communications Status indicator toggling between Idle and Active Ad
73. Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 250 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 500 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SMALL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MODERATE 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LARGE Ketone KET NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 15 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 40 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood BLO NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE TRACE LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SMALL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MODERATE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 30 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt
74. U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Page C 26 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C Italian with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO Ca 15 Cel uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL Ca 70 Cel uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL Ca 125 Cel uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL Ca 500 Cel uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 27 APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40100 Italian with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO TRACCE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 1 g dL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 25 g dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 50 g dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 g dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LEGGERO 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MEDIO 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt FORTE Ketone KET NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO TRACCE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt
75. Urobilinogen URO 3 2 umol L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L no conversion required 33 umol L 66 umol L 66 umol L 2 131 umol L 2 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Leukocytes LEU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Page D 26 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D French S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 Color COL COL gt gt gt gt gt gt COULEUR Clarity CLA CLR JAUNE JAUNE FONC JAUNE CLR ORANGE ANGE CLR VERT VERT FONC VERT CLR BLEU BLEU FONC BLEU CLR MARRON MARRON FONC MARRON LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
76. at tip el Place TEST Strip Reflectance Test Start Screen REFLECTANCE TEST Both read heads 11 positions A11 B11 at tip Vl x Place TEST Strip PRINT READHEAD 1 DATA D PRINT READHEAD 2 DATA Reflectance Test Completed Screen 00001 9707161505 3000 80 IR RED GREEN BLUE 0113 0057 0089 0107 0113 0064 0097 0144 0038 0028 0097 0097 0125 0068 0106 0107 0115 0057 0101 0107 0113 0057 0093 0090 0113 0057 0089 0097 0115 0057 0097 0114 0110 0057 0093 0124 A10 0066 0036 0114 0084 A11 0113 0057 0080 0090 Sample Readhead 1 Data 00001 9707161505 3000 80 RED GREEN 0057 0089 0064 0097 0028 0097 0068 0057 0057 0057 0057 0057 Sample Readhead 2 Data Page 7 44 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 6 Level 4 Tests The tests grouped in this level confirm proper operation of the control circuits for Readheads Moving table and the pusher bar Additionally two tests are available for determining if data is transferring between the two processors correctly Instrument Tests Level 4 CYCLE READHEADS CYCLE TABLE CYCLE PUSH BAR READ STRIP DUMP DATA PRINT TRANSFERRED DATA GENERATE LEU CORR FACTOR Instrument Tests Level 4 screen 7 3 6 1 Cycle Readheads Move the readhead mechanism one full cycle 7 3
77. become the responsibility of the user Procedure 1 From the Ready Run screen touch the Menu option 2 From the Menu screen touch the Setup option Press the key eight times 8X to advance to the last Set Options screen See Figure 3 Onthis screen there is a special Hidden Key which is located under the Set of the Set Options screen header and above the Reset all features to defaults key Pressing the screen in this area two times 2X displays a third option Alter test ranges See figure Hidden Key Not Pressed Set options ES jef Reset all features to defaults 21 Perform hardware tests 4 Hidden Key 2X Reset all features to defaults I Perform hardware tests I Alter test ranges Hidden Key Access to Altered Ranges Page F 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX F 4 Touch the Alter test ranges option The screen will display the tests that can iat be altered The test names are indicated by a three letter abbreviation given in the figure below as AAA Alter ranges for AAA Use dto select range Use and to adjust then Select test to alter its E clinical ranges AN presos BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB CCCC 2 2 Use defaults DDD TL E
78. checks to complete Select the test assembly from the readhead carrier assembly option for testing the readhead refer to section 9 16 section 7 3 5 3 The instrument will home on the Cal chip using readhead 1 and readhead 3 The readhead carrier needs to be manually 2 The cal chip correction factor is printed moved towards the front of the instrument two Check that the correction factor is with in the to three inches 5 cm to 7 5 cm Limit 3 steps to 3 steps 4 Install the Readhead fixture as shown NOTE It is desirable to the Correction Factor 5 Loosen the four hex screws shown in figure 8 between 1 and 1 2 and move the readhead carrier against the fixture Be sure that the readhead is flush against the fixture 6 Tighten the four mounting screws in the readhead carrier Ttorque to 5 inch pounds 7 Loosen the readhead drive motor mounting screws 8 Apply pressure to the motor until the belt tension indicator Is centered on the set line Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 8 3 ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS 14 If the test fails inspect the readhead and Preamps for proper assembly try a different Fixed Table and check the table guides are not loose or broken 15 Re assemble the instrument as required to complete servicing Figure 8 3 Page 8 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H 8 5 Horizontal plate adjustment Tools Moving table alignment fixture 71647012
79. coded sample ID a second RS232 data port for interface with an external customers information system computer and a third RS232 serial port for future customer options All user interface functions are controlled by processor 1 Main PCB Touch Screen Processor 1 Display Mother PCB Printer Bar code reader RS232 RS232 Ports Internal Printer Bar Code Reader External Printer Figure 6 2 6 3 Power Distribution The AC line input for the instrument first passes through the power entry module This module is a combination of an on off switch and line cord receptacle Note that the AC line fusing for this product is located inside of the power supply module and is not considered a serviceable item The power supply is a switching power supply The AC input voltage is automatically compensated for and has a range of 90 264 VAC 50 60 Hz The outputs of this supply are 5 VDC and 12 VDC 12 VDC and 5 VDC The exact voltage level of the 5 VDC output can be adjustable by use of potentiometer V1 adjacent to terminal block TB2 refer to figure 8 1 The power supply is protected from overload by use of fold back current protection and an internal fuse An internal over temperature protection circuit with automatic reset provides additional protection Output noise and ripple will be less Page 6 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual than 3 RMS noise 1 peak to peak ripple for the main 5 VDC output Power is
80. communicates with Processor 2 and includes the ability to program Processor 2 Processor 2 is used to control strip movement strip detector push bar motor moving table motor readhead movement perform error checking read the strip perform calculations on strip data store one set of results reflectance decodes and color and maintain real time and date The PCMCIA card is used to store the CT 500 software and to retain the user configuration settings Page 6 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual IC U24 is the system RAM 128K that is used to store patient results IC s 013 amp U14 are quad comparators used in conjunction with DAC U29 and processor 2 for the strip detector control Data for the internal printer is sent to latch U17 where it is output through an octal ferrite to the printer on connector J3 Data for the external printer is sent to U19 a buffer where in conjunction with a response to a strobe signal it is sent out connector P1 The Touch Screen Display is connected to the Main PCB at connector J5 Data from Processor 1 is sent to a latch U15 where it is then clocked to the display Information is entered from the touch screen keyboard and is passed through connector J5 to Processor 1 Power is supplied to the display via connector J5 pins 16 amp 17 for the 5 VDC and pins 18 amp 19 for the 12 VDC Pins 4 5 20 21 24 29 and 30 are grounded 6 6 Touch Screen Display The touch screen displ
81. condition lt 3 5 milliamperes in single fault condition Testing protocol and allowable limits as specified by the safety standards for laboratory equipment outlined in UL 3101 1 CSA 22 2 No 1010 1 and IEC 1010 1 Ambient Operating Temperature Range 18 C to 30 C 64 F to 86 F Ambient Operating Humidity Range 20 to 85 relative humidity Optimum Operating Conditions 22 C to 26 C 72 F to 86 F 35 to 55 relative humidity CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 1 1 GENERAL DESCRIPTION This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 1 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H METHODS OVERVIEW Chapter Two Methods Overview 2 0 Introduction The CLINITEKG amp 500 Urine Chemistry Analyer is a scanning reflectance photometer which reads the change in color on Bayer Multistix amp Reagent Strips Please refer to the product insert that comes with the specific Multistx amp Reagent Strips being used for a description of the its methods Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 2 1 METHODS OVERVIEW This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 2 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H INSTALLATION CHAPTER THREE INSTALLATION 3 0 Introduction Refer to the installation section of the Operating Manual Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 3 1 INSTALLATION This Page is intentionally Blank Page 3 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H OPERATIONS PROCEDURES CHAPTER FOUR OPERATIONS
82. directly above the screws holding the sensor onto the Table Guide 14 Slide the housing gear into the Flexible Coupler Caution Do not push on the Moving Table Plate 15 Holding the left side of the housing with your left hand push on the right side of the housing until the right tab falls into the Baseplate positioning hole When the right side is in push on left side of housing until you feel the left side fall into position 16 Make sure that the table sensor flag is centered between the sensor arms 17 Plug the sensor wire into P11 on the Mother PCB 18 Install the two Phillips screwdriver head screws securing the Drive Housing on the left and two screws on right 19 Install the Left Table Guide Assembly section 9 8 20 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 21 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 22 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 6 and 9 5 23 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 24 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 25 Perform strip centering setup and the strip walk test Rev 1199H 9 18 Crank Arm Dis Assembly Tools required Di e Dio gr cdm Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver 050 inch Hex wrench Torque Driver mbli Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Movin
83. displayed at the end of the run to determine the Replace Table Guides Refer specimen s for which there to sections 9 8 are no results retest those 9 9 specimens Error 07 1 A reagent strip either If the error is because of an Inspect Push Bar Fixed Table and Holddown for physical damage Replace as necessary Refer to section 9 1 6 9 5 9 Page 7 8 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 08 1 A Reagent Strip has Check your printout of Inspect Push Bar Fixed Error 08 2 become misaligned results or the Results Error Table and Holddown for during processing Report displayed at the end physical damage Replace due to the tip of the of the run to determine the as necessary Refer to strip walking closer specimen s for which there section 9 1 9 5 9 6 to the cal chip or are no results Retest those farther away from the specimens ensuring that the Make sure that the instrument cal chip This error end of the strip is placed is level indicates that a strip against the rear wall of the position correction platform with Error 08 1 Verify that Fixed Table seats factor of 0 or 8 was and not touching the bottom correctly determined for of the strip loading station If Refer to section 9 5 readhead 1 or the error repeats remove readhea
84. frame Two in the rear of the upper case one in the front lower left corner and onre screw in front of the printer 6 Unplug the fan connector from the Processor PCB 7 Lift the Upper Case straight up being very careful of the main PCB Assembly 8 Set the Upper Case onto the instrument 9 Plug the fan connector into J1 on the Processor PCB 10 Install the one Phillips screwdriver head screw that secures the lower front left corner of the Upper Case to the frame and the one in front of the printer Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT 11 Install the two Phillips screwdriver head screws that secure the rear Upper Case to the frame 12 Install the Moving Table section 9 6 13 Install the Fixed Table section 9 5 14 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 15 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 16 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 9 7 1 Fan Assembly Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver Di 1 Disassemble the Upper Case section 9 8 2 Remove the four hex nuts located on the inside of the Upper Case from the four Phillips screwdriver head screws 3 Remove the locking washers from the four Phillips screwdriver head screws Note the configuration 4 While holding the Fan Assembly remove the four fan screws Note There is a ground strap mounted on the inside left lower screw The rear Fan G
85. gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVO 0 1 g dL 0 25 g dL 0 5 g dL gt 1 0 g dL NEGATIVO LEGGERO MEDIO FORTE NEGATIVO TRACCE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVO TRACCE TRACCE LEGGERO NEGATIVO TRACCE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Page D 36 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity ASP Invalid Result Value ERRORE ERRORE Italian with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 NEGATIVO Ca 15 Cel uL Ca 70 Cel uL Ca 125 Cel uL Ca 500 Cel uL CHIA GIALLO GIALLO SCUR GIALLO CHIA ARANCIONE ARANCIONE SCUR ARANCIONE CHIA ROSSO ROSSO SCUR ROSSO CHIA VERDE VERDE SCUR VERDE CHIA AZZURO AZZURO SCUR AZZURO CHIA MARRONE MARRONE SCUR MARONE LIMPIDA LEG TORB TORBIDA MOL TORB ALTRO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt g
86. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 0 Leu uL 15 Leu uL 70 Leu uL 125 Leu uL 500 Leu uL CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Klarheit no conversion required KLAR FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS APPENDIX D Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 33 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 Program F4 German S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU no conversion required Bilirubin BIL NEGATIV NEGATIV 1 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Ketone KET NEGATIV NEGATIV SPUR SPUR 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OBL NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV SPUR ZELLEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR SPUR LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV
87. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt ASPECT no result conversion required PAILLE JAUNE JAUN FONCE AMBRE ORANGE ORANGE ROUGE ROUGE ROUGE VERT VERT VERT AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE Invalid Result Value ERRUER ERRUER Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 27 APPENDIX D German Conventional Supports CLINITEK 200 Program F4 German Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood OBL Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIV 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIV SPUR 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL 0 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL Ca 200 Ery uL NEGATIV SPUR 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0mg dL no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion needed no conversion needed NEGATIV 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIV SPUR 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL 0 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL Ca 200 Ery uL NEG
88. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIV SCHWACH MAESSIG STARK NEGATIV SPUR 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL 0 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL Ca 200 Ery uL NEGATIV SPUR 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIV no conversion needed NEGATIV POSITIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIV Page D 32 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity CLA Invalid Result Value FEHLER FEHLER German S I with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 0 Leu uL Ca 15 Leu uL Ca 70 Leu uL Ca 125 Leu uL Ca 500 Leu uL HELL GELB GELB DUNK GELB HELL ORANGE ORANGE DUNK ORANGE HELL ROT ROT DUNK ROT HELL GRUEN GRUEN DUNK GRUEN HELL BRAUN BRAUN DUNK BRAUN HELL BLAU BLAU FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Farbe gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
89. gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Specific Gravity DEN 3 NEGATIVO INDICIO 1 2 3 no conversion required Blood SAN NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt IND INTACTOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt IND HEMOLIZ gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIO INDICIO 1 no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Urobilinogen URO 0 2 U E dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 U E dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 0 U E dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 0 U E dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 8 0 U E dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIO 1 2 3 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIO 1 2 3 Page D 46 CLINITEK 500 Servi
90. gt gt gt gt gt gt 15 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 40 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity PS no conversion required Blood SAN NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO TRACCE INT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACCE TRACCE LIS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACCE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LEGGERO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO TRACCE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 30 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen URO 0 2 E U dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO TRACCE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Page 28 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX Kanji Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card B
91. main power ground wire to the bracket next to the main power connector 11 Disconnect the input power cable from the Power Supply 12 At the Power Supply disconnect the cable going to the Mother PCB 13 Remove the Electronics Bracket Assembly Page 9 14 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Assembly 14 Set The Electronics Bracket Assembly in place Caution Take care not to pinch any wires or bend any pins 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 Reconnect the grounding strap from the power supply to the Baseplate on right side from rear of the instrument Connect the main power ground wire to the bracket next to the main power in Tighten the screw to a torque of 5 inch pounds Connect the main power cable to the Power Supply input connector and the power cable going to the Mother PCB to the Power Supply output connector Reconnect the power cable for the Printer Interface PCB to connector P7 on the Mother PCB Tighten the two screws on the right side a One screw is at the right rear of the bracket next to the main power plug b The second screw is located next to the Power Supply on the inside From the rear of the instrument install the one screw on left side securing the bracket to the Lower Case This screw goes through a grounding strap Reconnect the cables going to the Main Processor PCB from the Strip Detector J6 and the A D PCB J2 In
92. of data is transmitted again when the next Prompt is received Since this is the default condition the NAK need not be sent to the instrument i e After a set of data is transmitted if another prompt is received the same set of data is retransmitted e ENQ 05H tells the instrument send the instrument ID message when the next or Dc2 is received Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 1 APPENDIX D Computer Port Connections Serial RS 232 Pin Signal Name Function Signal Source chas gnd protective ground N A TXD transmitted data CLINITEK 200 RXD received data computer RTS request to send CLINITEK 200 note 1 CTS clear to send computer note 2 DSR data set ready computer note 3 sig gnd signal ground N A DTR data terminal ready CLINITEK 200 note 4 All other pins are unused NOTES 1 Request to send This output indicates to the computer that it may send a control character 2 Clear to send This input is checked before sending each character and if high ie positive the next character is sent If not supplied by the computer pin 5 may be jumpered to pin 4 or pin 20 3 Data set ready The computer must raise this line apply a positive voltage whenever it is ready to receive data If not supplied by the computer pin 6 may be jumpered to pin 20 4 Data terminal ready This output is high positive when the instrument is on 5 following signal lines are NOT impleme
93. or the Drive Housing replaced See section 9 17 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 39 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING A test message is sent and the received 7 3 4 Level 2 Tests message displayed The first and last characters checked for correspondence The tests at this level exercise the I O interfaces with all subassemblies that require bi directional communication AAAAAAAAAAAA 2 BBBBBBBB Instrument Tests Level 2 TEST SERIAL PORTS SENDING 0123456789 ABCDEFGHIJK TEST PRINTERS RECEIVING CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC TEST TOUCH SCREEN TEST STRIP DETECTOR TEST DISPLAY Serial Ports Testing el OU OO DDR LEVEL 3 TESTS 7 3 4 2 Test Printers Instrument Tests Level 2 screen Selection of this test allows for testing communications with both the internal and 7 3 4 1 Test Serial Ports external printer Selecting this test will bring up the following screen that allows the selection of which serial port to test TEST SERIAL PORTS Install loop back connectors I INSTRUMENT PRINTER TEST sl EXTERNAL PRINTER TEST COMPUTER PORT Test Printers zl E BAR CODE READER PORT E AUXILIARY PORT Selecting the Instrument Printer test sends a test message to the instrument printer The message is a combination of ASCII characters that test all of the Test Serial Ports pixels of the printer
94. pads in the following positions P4 P9 P10 and P11 Procedure 2 Apply athin coat of Lubriplate 630 2 2 FRA number 1 With the power off connect the CT 500 serial to 50336008 the serial from the PC Install the floating rail Holddown on the Fixed and install the assembly on the instrument 2 Power the CLINITEK 500 instrument ON and select the Release Test from the menu Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 7 RELEASE TESTING 10 11 Place the test strip onto the reagent load area of the fixed table and push OK button The instrument moves the strip to the first readhead and scans the strip 10 times doing the normal positioning calibration and readhead movement Only the reflectance results are saved for output Calibration is then performed on the first calibration chip During the calibration the reflectances light counts and dark counts are stored The results from the first readhead are stored as sequence number 001 The strip is then quickly moved second readhead and steps 3 and 4 are repeated and stored as sequence number 002 The results are available after the strip is read at the second readhead and will be output when asked for by a connected computer The computer screen will display if the instrument pass or fails the test If it fails refer to appendix A for details Note It is possible for the test to be failed due toa program version number mi
95. pressure to the Lower Case with your middle fingers Assembly 3 Grip the left side of the Fixed Table with your left hand and the right side of the Fixed Table with your right hand Align the Fixed Table Rails mounted on bottom of table into the Lower Case Rail Guides on both sides of the Fixed Table Push forward evenly until the Fixed Table is completely installed Snaps into place 4 Install the Push Bar section 9 2 9 6 Moving Table Dis Assembly Tools required e Di mbi 1 Remove Push Bar section 9 1 2 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 3 While gripping the left side of the Moving Table with your left hand and the right side of the Moving Table with your right hand pull forward gently until the Moving Table is clear Rev 1199H Assembly 4 While gripping the left side of the Moving Table with your left hand and the right side of the Moving Table with your right hand align the Moving Table onto the Drive Housing and gently push onto housing 5 Reinstall the Fixed Table and Push Bar 9 7 Upper Case Dis Assembly Tools required e 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver Di 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 5 Remove 4 Phillips screwdriver head screws that secure the Upper Case to the
96. 0 NEGATIVE 1 1 2 3 STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER APPENDIX D Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 13 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 For Finland Option English Nordic with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood BLD Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 NEGATIVE INTACT 1 NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conv
97. 0 2 error off then remove and clean subassembly Refer to the Fixed Table taking care sections 7 4 1 7 4 2 7 3 5 to carefully clean the 1 7 3 5 2 calibration bars see Section 5 Daily Cleaning Check Replace Pre amp Refer to your printout of results or section 9 16 2 the Results Error Report displayed at the end of the Replace A D PCB Refer to run to determine the section 9 16 1 specimen s for which there are no results retest those specimens Error 20 1 The instrument was Ensure that you are using a Troubleshoot Pre amp not able to recognized strip type subassembly Refer to NOTE This automatically detect Retest the specimen using sections 7 4 1 7 4 2 7 3 5 error only the strip type if Auto new strip If the error 1 7 3 5 2 Replace Pre amp Refer to section 9 16 2 Replace A D PCB Refer to section 9 16 1 Error 21 Internal memory error Turn the instrument power Replace program card off wait several seconds then turn it back on Replace Processor 1 module Refer to section 9 11 1 Replace Main PCB Refer to section 9 11 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 11 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING misaligned Instrument mechanical error off Check to see if the moving table is installed Inspect the instrument for any obvious signs of misalignment or incorrect installation of the moving
98. 0 instrument e With the instrument power install the Instrument Test Card and connect the serial cable from the computer to the DB25 RS232 serial port on the CLINITEK 500 instrument 6 Turn the instrument power on After it has completed the self test and is displaying the screen below select the Instrument Test option Use AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Place Strip I SEQUENCE BBBBB PRINT SETUP e SETUP I INSTRUMENT TEST 7 After selecting the Instrument Test option the screen below will by displayed From this screen select the option of Instrument Release Test Instrument Tests Level 1 INSTRUMENT RELEASE TEST EXERCISE ALL MOTIONS SENSOR STATUS SETUP STRIP CENTERING REBOOT ej STRIP WALK TEST SYSTEM LEVEL 2 TESTS Le jo po ele jo Page A 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX A 8 The screen below will be displayed on the PC The model number 6470 followed by the instrument serial number needs to be entered into the Model Serial Number field example 6470 1000310 CLINITEK 500 Test Mode Help Settings Communications Status Port 2 Pot Port 2 Connected Model Serial Number Idle Available Defect Codes 101 COSMETIC DEFECT 102 BEZEL LOOSE MISSING SCREWS jg Transfer Complete 103 S N BAR CODE LABEL MISSING LOOSE 71 Assign ESSE Hard
99. 12 8 Cycle Table 12 9 Cycle Blotter 12 10 Setup Strip 12 11 Strip Walk 12 12 12 13 Instrument Release Test 12 14 Leukocyte Correction Factor 12 15 Memory 12 16 Confirm Configuration 12 17 12 0 Introduction This section describes cleaning and release test procedures that must be CAUTION performed prior to releasing any CLINITEK 500 instrument back to a customer or into a branch s Customer Prior to release of any system Service instrument exchange pool These carefully inspect to insure that procedures must be followed for all cables are routed properly systems processed by Bayer Diagnos
100. 19 lt Eas AS B4 BKSW17 75 pg 05 62 PROG A18 ce ka 14 1 ae ne 65 BKSW16 73 63 PROG 17 1 2 i D 5 P63 055 14 11 16 po 4 XMIT BARCODE 72 pe pz 6 PROG 16 2 13 wo o 46 A17 pp 3 E RECV BARCODE 7i 65 DATA BANK AD 4 8 m 50 21 Do 2 80 Fi H CARD L SRAM 70 pgo p57 66 _ DATA BANK 18 Lp 7 1632 lt 74HC00 53 A22 A0 GND ap ST DATA BANK ad q P1 7 68 DATA BANK 16 amp 99 6 1 STROBE 30 50 pie ADDRESS ADDRESS PRGM 31 5V re 2 8 4 15 AC z At a 1 8 INTR2 PLA EE ACD T4HCOB INTRI 3 P26 27 42 1 15 2 PAPER OUT P1 2 15 402 3 25 Ab YG ZERROR 35 p11 m ug a AG AQ 1 ao yr 1 36 pro P23 73 1 4 AG 25 AC 2M 2 13 DUART SELECT TP8O PL 822 5 74HC0O lt 34 BKSW18 AG 23 A6 AO 3142 Y CENTRONICS A2 0 P47 p21 1 A e NC BF jm 33 BKSW17 Ah 22 AT PSEN 6 B P4 6 P20 3 15 52 ACA 12 AB 4 ys 0 7 pas 16 AL 51 Ad 1 47 5 552 9 E CHSL 6 bah Y1 PFO A13 59 Ad AQ 8 410 2153 YEP G fe s 8 TXRDY1 5 s 110592 3 VCC U24 A12 ACO 10 11 E Mp N Se TXRDY2 3 2 xau S j WE DSIMSYUPM ES A 21 12 a 3 402 gt 016 74HC138 z P4 1 4 8 pol 27 407 403 2
101. 19 0722 0648 0871 Transferred Data Printout 7 3 6 6 Leukocyte Correction Factor Generation Equipment Required e Instrument Test Card version 1 03 1 03 or higher CT500 Calibration Solution 95002503 Multistix 10 SG reagent strips 10 each Urinetek tubes of equivalent Test Tube Holder optional Paper Towel To reduce variability between instruments a Correction Factor was added to the Leukocyte algorithm This factor accounts for minor variations of Reagent Strip alignment and Readhead position during data collection that exists between systems This Correction Factor can only be set using the Instrument Test Card New instruments will have this factor set during manufacturing existing instruments with 1 04 1 03 user software or above should have this Factor set during normal service release testing Existing instruments in the field will not necessarily need this procedure performed but may if required to satisfy customer expectations for LEU performance This test takes reading from a Multistix 10 SG reagent strip which has been dipped into CLINITEK 500 Calibration Solution part number 95002503 Ten strips are required to be processed by the instrument during this test The instrument process the data collected and results are printed displayed on the screen and stored in the instrument SRAM for permanent use by the instrument Scroll through the menu options until you reach the Instrument Tests
102. 1SR 5V lt eu 1 4 TNZ504NG 5 02 74802 E ABCDEF Es 5 4 17 5VDC e Im Tu xo e oo 1 1 ul hz E 51 5VDC 4 5 Ss8ososc 7 43 RFSH P1 3555555 DE i B T 44 RFU a 2 us gt c R14 R15 45 RFU XMIT BARCODE 2 74HC32 4 10K 10K RECV BARCODE 1 1 5 56 NC 8 10 Jus lt 42 CE2 STROBE 12 3 u 2 7 74HC32 amp T 17 61 REG NC 18 7 NC NC 19 XV J 2 007 e D 1 Ble 1 C36 4 05 Su ves 004 z gi i iB SE 12 Do 2 03 11 0 2 L cas pe 13 us 32 02 AN TUF 5 A APR 01 25 T H2 A 000 30 po 9 TAN cup Ep i C39 047 j Au Wes A09 PES m 14 2 U6 T4HC00 58 NC TP5O 876 8 C40 047 74HC32 1 4 59 NC 6 gt P75 ane ENO 1 6 7 TRI Oa a it ro 82 a 8 5 uto o Ace 48 A19 10 U6 60 NC UIS 70 245 1 18 p72 SAB BOCSITA 81 TOUCH A C42 047 74HC32 E Zz DSPLY STAT FLAG 19 p71 P83 80 TOUCH B e e 1 4 9 Ce 1 P82 197 OR VEL 10100 P70 LIZ TOUCH C 4 6 10 uto o2 47 A18 gt a o B7 Y AXIS CONTROL 77 pgo 78 TOUCH D SJ 2 evo x B6 P6 7 gt 1 4 63 BVDL 6 7 4 X AXIS CONTROL 76 pes 1 4 515 Do 7 BKSW18 75 pgs ps7 61 PROG
103. 2 Procedure 1 Install the Instrument Test Card and use the test software Refer to section 7 3 4 1 to check to see if the ports work with the loop back connector 2 Repeat the loop back test for each port If the test fails replace the motherboard and rerun the test If the test fails for a second time the problem lies on the Processor PCB and it will require replacement 7 4 3 6 Bar code reader communications Equipment required Instrument Test Card SR00081C DB 25 RS232 Loop Back connector 71520102 Digital Volt meter Bar code port Loop Back test fixture 71647007 Pr r 1 Install the Instrument Test Card and select the serial port tests Refer to section 7 3 4 1 2 Using the Bar code port test fixture measure the voltage at connector J5 The voltage between pin 6 and ground pin 1 or 3 should be 5 VDC The voltage between pin 7 and pins 1 or 3 should be 12 VDC 3 If these voltages are not present the Auto Reset Fuses are damaged Replace the Mother PCB 4 Use the Bar code test port fixture and enter the bar code reader communications test Refer to section 7 3 4 1 If the test passes the problem is with the bar code reader if it fails replace the motherboard and retest 5 lf the test fails a second time replace the Main Processor PCB Page 7 52 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 4 4 Sensor Tests Equipment required e Instrument Test Card 5
104. 40101 Kanji with PLUS system set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU no conversion required Bilirubin BIL no conversion required Ketone KET no conversion required Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OB gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO no conversion required gt 300 mg dL gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen URO 0 1 E U dL 0 1 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 29 APPENDIX Kanji with PLUS system set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes WBC no conversion required Page C 30 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40101 Kanji with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt
105. 5 User Interface Settings line 6 Language DDDDDDD line 7 Result units DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 8 PLUS system DDD line 9 Test DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 10 Date format DDDDDDDD line 11 Date separator DDD line 12 Time format DDDDDDD line 13 Time separator DDD line 14 line 15 Test Settings line 16 Tests to be Reported and Their Order line 17 EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE line 18 Color DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 19 Color values line 20 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD default line 21 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 22 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 23 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 24 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 25 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 26 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 27 Clarity values line 28 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD default line 29 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 30 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 31 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 32 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 33 Use Default COL CLA DDD line 34 First Positive Level line 35 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 36 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 37 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 38 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 39 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 40 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 41 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 42 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 43 EEE DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 44 SG Lower Normal Limit DDDDDDD line 45 SG Upper Normal Limit DDDDDDD line 46 pH Lower Normal Limit DDDDD line 47 pH Upper Normal Limit DDDDD line 48 First Positive Level for COL DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 49 First Positive Level for CLA DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 50 Fl
106. 7 24 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 2 2 Error Summary Table 7 2 1 General Error Codes Instrument Test C ard Error Definition Customer Card Error Definition Error Code Generated ROM Checksum Error 21 ROM Checksum Error Table Movement Error 23 Table Movement Error Push Bar Movement Error 24 Push Bar Movement Error Read head Scan Movement Error 25 Read head Scan Movement Error Table Not in Place 26 Table Not in Place Hold downs Not in Place 27 Hold downs Not in Place False Strip Detect 28 False Strip Detect Cal Chip NOT Found Error 29 Cal Chip NOT Found Error Read head Alignment Error 30 Read head Alignment Error Strip Detector Setup Error 31 Strip Detector Setup Error unassigned 32 unassigned unassigned 33 unassigned Strip Centering Error 34 Strip Centering Error Communication 40 unassigned unassigned 50 Printer error unassigned 51 Control results memory is almost full unassigned 52 Sample results memory is almost full unassigned 53 Control results memory is completely full unassigned 54 Sample results memory is completely full unassigned 55 System was unable to store Setup changes in program card unassigned 56 System error Special Instrument Release Test 61 thru 93 Data Set Errors Notes Indicates that these error are checked
107. 75 VDC to 5 25 VDC If the voltage is not with in this range locate potentiometer V1 refer to figure 8 1 Figure 8 1 and adjust the voltage while monitoring it on the meter Page 8 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H 8 2 Readhead Alignment Tools Readhead Alignment and Belt tensioner Fixture p n 71647017 2 Philips head screwdriver 1 5 mm hex wrench Torque driver with1 5 mm hex bit and 22 Philips bit Instrument Test Card Fixed Table Moving Table Display Test Stand Fixture p n71647014 Cotton Gloves Caution Whenever working on the instrument with the cover off the standard ElectroStatic Discharge ESD percautions should be followed Whenever handling the the Preamp PCBs A D PCB or Lamps clean white cotton gloves must be worn Procedure 1 Remove the upper case See section 9 7 and reinstall the display assembly test stand 9 10 11 12 13 ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS Fiqure 8 2 Retighten the motor mounting screws to 12 inch lbs of torque Manually move the readhead carrier away from the alignment fixture and then remove the fixture from the transport assembly Reinstall the Preamps and A D PCBs to the readhead carrier Refer to section 9 16 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables on the instrument sections 9 6 and 9 5 Insert the Instrument Test Card into the instrument and turn the power ON Wait for 2 Remove the Preamp PCBs and A D PCB the self
108. 876 3 Left Pre Amp P C B Assembly 99400875 4 Readhead Carrier Assembly 95002285 5 Right Pre Amp P C B Assembly 99400834 Page 10 8 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN i rN ORANGE WIRE ON ITEM 8 MUST NOTE lt BE ORIENTED AS SHOWN ANN i ORANGE Electronics Bracket Assembly Find Number Description Part Number 1 Bracket Mounting 50032575 2 Printer Interface PCB Assembly 99400833 3 Cable Assembly Printer Interface 40453027 Power 4 Cable Assembly Jumper 20 Pin 40453225 5 Power Supply 40453217 6 Cable Assembly 40453218 Power Supply Mother PCB 7 Cable Assembly Printer Extension 40453234 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 9 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN 6 Lower Case Assembly Find Number Description Part Number 1 Grounding Gasket 50184583 2 Power Entry Module 40453213 3 Screw M 3X 8 Phillips Cheese Head 4 Screw M 4X 10 Phillips Head 5 Foot 50151014 6 Case Lower 50080676 7 Mother PCB 99400832 8 Screw M 4X 8 Phillips Head Page 10 10 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN PARTIAL END VIEW Drive Housing Assembly 95002066 Find Number Description Part Number 1 Screw 4 40 X 1 4 Pan Head 2 Screw 4 24 X 312 Pan Head 3 Optical Interrupter Assembly 40453221 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Ma
109. ACTOS IND HEMOLIZ Apr 25 Hem uL Apr 80 Hem uL Apr 200 Hem uL NEGATIVO INDICIOS 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVO 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIVO BAJO MODERADO ALTO NEGATIVO INDICIOS 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVO 10 ERI uL 10 ERI uL Apro 25 ERI uL 80 ERI uL 200 INDICIOS 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Page C 32 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX C Spanish with PLUS system set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO Apr 15 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 15 cel uL Apr 70 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 70 cel uL Apr 125 Leu uL gt gt
110. ATIV SPUR 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIV no conversion needed NEGATIV POSITIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIV Page D 28 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity ASP Invalid Result Value FEHLER FEHLER 0 Leu uL Ca 15 Leu uL Ca 70 Leu uL Ca 125 Leu uL Ca 500 Leu uL HELL GELB GELB DUNK GELB HELL ORANGE ORANGE DUNK ORANGE HELL ROT ROT DUNK ROT HELL GRUEN GRUEN DUNK GRUEN HELL BRAUN BRAUN DUNK BRAUN HELL BLAU BLAU FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Farbe gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt German Conventional with PLUS System set t
111. Bayer CLINITEK SOO Urine Chemistry Analyzer Bayer Diagnostics Bayer Diagnostics will make a positive difference to human health daily We will earn the loyalty of our Customers by being the people that Customers want to do business with because we relentlessly strive to exceed their expectations We will create an irresistible force that attracts and sustains customer loyalty We consistently will be among the leading fastest growing diagnostics companies by rapidly creating and delivering innovative healthcare solutions Quality is in our hearts minds and spirits It encompasses all of our activities at all times By our actions we are living examples of how to communicate measure recognize reward and continuously improve quality Together we will build an organization that inspires personal professional and business success Our actions are driven by Delivering on our promises always Development and growth of our people Diversity recognizing and celebrating our differences Honesty Integrity Safety and Environmental care of our Employees Customers and Community daily OBayer Corporation All Rights Reserved Printed in the United States of America Second Edition December 1999 Bayer Company Confidential The information contained herein is proprietary to Bayer Corporation and is classified as company confidential It is furnished to Bayer Customer Service per
112. CB 9 11 SIMM PCB 9 11 1 Electronics Bracket 9 12 The Mother PCB 9 13 Strip Detector 9 14 Lamp 9 15 Preamp amp A D 9 16 A D PCB 9 16 1 Preamp PCBs 9 16 2 Drive Housing 9 17 Crank Arm 9 18 Baseplate Mechanism 9 19 Lower Case Assembly 9 20 Lower Case 9 20 1 Touch Screen 9 21 Printer Interface PCB 9 22 Illustrated Parts Breakdown 10 Schematics 11 Release Testing 12 Rev 1199H Table of Contents Page 3 of 4 CLINITEK 500 SERVICE MANUAL Section Description Section number Appendices CLINITEK 500 Instrument Release Test Data Collection Software A Hard Standards Maintenance B CLINITEK 200 Emulation Output Format Support C CLINITEK 200 Emulation Output Format Support D Printer Report Formats E Test Mode 2 and Altered Ranges F Page 4 of 4 Table of contents Rev 1199H GENERAL DESCRIPTION CHAPTER ONE GENERAL DESCRIPTION 1 0 Introduction The CLINITEK 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer is capable of processing in excess of 500 urine chemistry reagent test strips per hour It was developed as the next generation replacement system for Bayer s CLINITEK 200 Urine Chemistry Analyzer and differs primarily from this system in its higher throughput over 500 tests per hour non pacing operation and enhanced touch screen based user interface In addition to direct support for a wide range of MULTISTIX Reagent Strips the Clinitek 500 instrument can make and report a qualitative determination of urine color 1 1 Features
113. CCCC Tech ID DDD ID EEEEEEEEEEEEE line 3 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH TLITETITILILIEL line 4 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 5 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 6 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII The print order for the test results is 1 9 2 6 10 3 7 11 4 8 12 Variable Field Descriptions Represents the Sequence Number Represents the date of the test The date is displayed in the date format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the time of the test The time is displayed in the time format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 pz Represents the Tech ID If the Tech ID option is set to OFF on Screen Protected Setup 7 8 not printed Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page E 3 APPENDIX E Results Not Available Report The same report format is used for the list of patients for whom results are not available due either to the operator canceling the test RUN or to the test run being terminated by the Analyzer due to a reported error condition Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON results are printed on the internal printer This report is not available for the Form printer Internal Printer Format The last line of the report is followed by two blank lines 80 Column Printer Format The last line of th
114. CENT 4 28 l c27 IN 5400 POWER 10 000 uf 10 000 uf 4 C19 R1 SUPPLY 5 xA LO SHUTTER 1 23 watt 1 It E C16 3 INTER z B 2 NANNARARA QUT 2 1 044444 e 3 SHUTTER ae l DEND F 1 12 d x DO NOT INSTALL 1 SHUTTER INTERRUPTER COMPONENTS CLINITEK 500 119 FERRITE 26
115. CIONE SCUR ARANCIONE CHIA ROSSO ROSSO SCUR ROSSO CHIA VERDE VERDE SCUR VERDE CHIA AZZURO AZZURO SCUR AZZURO CHIA MARRONE MARRONE SCUR MARONE LIMPIDA LEG TORB TORBIDA MOL TORB ALTRO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Colore gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Aspetto no conversion required CLINITEK 200 PAGLIER GIALLO GIALLO SC AMBRA ARANCIO ARANCIO ROSSO ROSSO ROSSO VERDE VERDE VERDE ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO LIMPIDA LEG TORB TORBIDA MOL TORB ALTRO APPENDIX D Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 39 APPENDIX D Kanji Supports CLINITEK 200 Program B4 Kanji with PLUS system set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK
116. CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood OBL Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIV 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIV SCHWACH MAESSIG STARK NEGATIV SPUR 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L 0 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL Ca 200 Ery uL NEGATIV SPUR 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
117. CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity ASP NEGATIF TRACES FAIBLE MOYEN FORT CLR JAUNE JAUNE FONC JAUNE CLR ORANGE ANGE ROUGE UGE FONC ROUGE CLR VERT VERT FONC VERT CLR BLEU BLEU FONC BLEU CLR MARRON MARRON FONC MARRON LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt COULEUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt ASPECT no conversion required PAILLE JAUNE JAUN FONCE AMBRE ORANGE ORANGE ROUGE ROUGE ROUGE VERT VERT VERT AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AU
118. CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Assembly 9 3 Hold the Program Card so that the arrow is pointing towards the instrument and the words Insert This Way are faceing the front of the instrument Insert the Program Card into the slot on the right side of the instrument toward the rear Push the Program Card inward until the black rectangular button pops out Printer Module Dis Assembly Tools required Di 1 mbli Remove the printer cover portion of the Upper Case by pushing in on the center tab at the rear of the printer cover and lifting the cover upward Remove the printer paper by pulling out of backside of the printer Remove the printer shield Rev 1199H 4 printer locking tab on the right side of the Printer Module Pull the rear of the Printer Module upward Caution The printer flex cable is plugged in under the Printer Module 5 With the rear of the Printer Module lifted up the Printer Module will now disengage from the front locating tabs witha backward upward movement The printer flex cable goes to a Zero Insertion Force ZIF connector Pull upward on the outer cover to unlock the printer flex cable from the ZIF connector Once the ZIF is unlocked carefully pull the metallic contacts of the Printer Module out of the connector Assembly 8 Pulling up the locking ZIF connector permits the insertion of the printer cable Caref
119. CLR MARRON MARRON FONC MARRON LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt ASPECT no conversion required PAILLE JAUNE JAUN FONCE AMBRE ORANGE ORANGE ROUGE ROUGE ROUGE VERT VERT VERT AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE AUTRE LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE Invalid Result Value ERREUR ERREUR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 23 APPENDIX D French 5 1 Support for CLINITEK 200 Program H4 French S I with PLUS system set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone CET Specific Gravity DEN Blood SNG Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIF 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmo
120. DDDDDDD Variable Field Descriptions Represents the date of the RUN The date is displayed in the date format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the time of the RUN The time is displayed in the time format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the Sequence Number Represents the ID If the Sample IDs option is set to OFF on Screen Protected Setup 7 8 not printed One line is printed for each sample System Configuration Report This report lists the operator selectable options and their current setting Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON this report is printed on the 80 column printer This report is not available for the Form printer Internal Printer Format The printer advances two lines after the report has been printed line 1 CLINITEK 500 line 2 System Configuration line 3 AAAAAAAA BBBBBBB line 4 Software Version line 5 CC CC CC CC line 6 line 7 User Interface Settings line 8 Language line 9 DDDDDDD line 10 Result units line 11 DDDDDDDDDDDD line 12 PLUS system line 13 DDD line 14 Date format line 15 DDDDDDDD line 16 Test line 17 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 18 Date separator line 19 DDD line 20 Time format line 21 DDDDDDD Page E 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX E
121. DDDDDDDDDDDDD line 78 First Positive Level line 79 for CLA line 80 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDD Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page E 7 APPENDIX E line 81 Confirmatory Flags line 82 EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE line 83 Microscopics Flags line 84 FEE FEE FER line 85 Edit flagged results line 86 DDD line 87 Tests Using Altered line 88 Ranges line 89 FEE EEE line 90 FEE FEE line 91 line 92 System Settings line 93 Tech ID line 94 DDD line 95 Sample IDs line 96 DDD line 97 Password for Setup line 98 DDD line 99 Internal printer line 100 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 101 External printer line 102 DDDDDDDDD line 103 Custom Header line 104 DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 105 Computer link line 106 Port line 107 OFF line 108 Baud Rate line 109 DDDDDD line 110 Data Bits Par line 111 DDDDDD line 112 Output Format line 113 DDDDDD line 114 Checksum line 115 DDDDDD line 116 Handshake line 117 DDDDDD line 118 Label line 119 DDD line 120 Ignore Lead BC Char line 121 0 line 122 Ignore Trail Char line 123 0 Variable Field Descriptions Represents the date of the test The date is displayed in the date format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the time of the test Th
122. E CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Clarity no conversion required STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 11 APPENDIX D English Nordic Supports CLINITEK 200 For Finland Option Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood BLD Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG English Nordic with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 4
123. E BLUE DK BLUE CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 Cells uL Ca 70 Cells uL 125 Cells uL Ca500 Cells uL STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Clarity CLEAR no conversion required SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 17 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 Program C4 English S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose G
124. E STRIP VERIFY TEST Test Strip Detector Screen Print Detector up values If the Print detector setup values is selected the values of the current detector setup are printed on the instrument printer See example below The allowable range for the setup values are 10 to 254 Detector setup values 067 046 055 055 049 055 058 078 99 Strip Verify Test This test will allow checking to determine if the strip detector will sense the presence of a strip in the load zone Whenever the detector is tripped the instrument will respond with a beep 7 3 4 5 Test Display When this test is selected the screen will display ALL PIXELS WILL BE DISPLAYED for 2 seconds then all of the pixels on the display will be turned on for 5 seconds then turned off for 5 seconds After this has completed it will return to the Instrument Test Level 2 screen Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 41 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 5 Level 3 Tests This group of tests is designed for testing the illumination and A D subsystems of the instrument Instrument Tests Level 3 ON OFF LAMP AAA READ A D COUNTS TEST READHEADS 21 REFLECTANCE TEST gt LEVEL 4 TESTS Instrument Tests Level 3 screen AAA Displays the current lamp status ON or OFF 7 3 5 1 Lamp This option allows the lamps to be toggled on or 7 3 5 2 Read A D Counts Th
125. ETIC DEFECT m ps 102 BEZEL LOOSE MISSING SCREWS 7 Transfer Complete 103 S N BAR CODE LABEL MISSING LOOSE Assign ENE Hard Standard Results Assigned Defect Codes i HARD STANDARD TEST FAILURE Network Status View Results 1 0 Repeat Abort Disconnected Procedure TP 4099 User Bob Eichorst Revision 05 Data Storage Status RawData NOT Saved ADF OFF Test Results NOT Saved 16 Selecting View Results will display the following Screen 17 In case of a failure it will be necessary to troubleshoot identify and correct the problem before re testing CT500 Performance Data Limits Revision 02 11 Run Date 10 26 98 Instrument Version 6470 1000310 Start Time 4 04 35 PM Read Head 1 Read Head 2 Deen IR Red Green Blue Red Blue Signal Offset Maximum Count Filter Placement Out of Band Leakage Pad 4 Accuracy Pad 4 Precision Pad 10 Accuracy Pad 10 Precision Precision Rev 1199 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page A 7 APPENDIX A A 3 Troubleshooting In case of an Instrument failing the Instrument Release Test the View Results screen can be used as a troubleshooting aid The test that failed will be in Red gt CT500 Performance Data Limits Revision 02 11 Run Date 10 26 98 Instrument Version Start Time 4 04 35 PM Read Head 1 Read Head 2 Description Red Green Blue Red Green Signal Offset Maximum Count Filter Placement Out of
126. G 1MEG e e e e e e e e 1 ALL RESISTOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS 1 8W 5 UNLESS ss OTHERWISE NOTED 2 ALL CAPACITOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN MICROFARADS UNLESS OTHERWISE NOTED CLINITEK 500 117 3 12V 68UF 25V 5V TANTALUM TO MAIN BD TO MAIN BD E ur i R SOM 3 O J2 A J2 A J2 ial 6 5 OHM 3W RS232 J MAX1489E SARRAR ERRHR an menoroaSHSNA na Be E E u 2 5 sanonnads 2
127. GATIV no conversion required NEGATIV POSITIV POSITIV Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 23 APPENDIX German S I with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 cells uL Ca 15 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL Ca 70 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL Ca 125 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL Ca 500 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Page C 24 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40104 German S I with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 250 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 500 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SCHWACH 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MAESSIG 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt STARK Ketone KET NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV SPUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 15 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt g
128. GE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BLUE BLUE DK BLUE LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER no conversion required COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Clarity no conversion required NEGATIVE TRACE SMALL MODERATE LARGE STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR no conversion required Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 9 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 Program A4 English Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Gluco
129. HOOTING is not fully wetted or is upside down on the platform upside down strip remove and clean the Push Bar Fixed Table and Holddown see Section 5 Daily Cleaning Then check your printout of results or the Results Error Report displayed at the end of the run to determine the specimen s for which there are no results Retest the appropriate specimen ensuring that the strip is dipped completely into the specimen and is placed onto the platform with the pads facing up Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 06 2 A reagent strip that Touch the Return to Verify that Fixed Table seats had been detected at Ready Run button to cancel correctly the first readhead the run and return to the Refer to section 9 5 was not detected at Ready Run screen then turn the second off the instrument power Verify that Moving Table readhead Remove Push Bar and the seats correctly Refer to Fixed Table to locate the section 9 6 strip Refer to section 5 Daily Cleaning Check the Perform Strip Walk Test pins on the Moving Table to Refer to section 7 3 3 6 ensure that none are bent or broken Perform the Daily Replace Drive housing Cleaning and Weekly Refer to section 9 17 Cleaning procedures in section 5 Check your Replace Fixed Table and printout of results or the Moving Table Refer to Results Error Report section 9 5 9 6
130. IF TRACES INTACT TRACES LYSE env 25 GR uL env 80 GR uL env 200 GR uL Protein PRO NEGATIF TRACES 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L Urobilinogen URO 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required CLINITEK 200 NEGATIF 1 0 g L 2 5 g L 5 0 g L gt 10 0 g L NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACES 0 15 g L 0 4 g L gt 0 8 g L NEGATIF env 10 GR uL env 10 GR uL env 25 GR uL env 80 GR uL env 200 GR uL NEGATIF TRACES 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Page D 20 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D French Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity ASP NEGATIF env 15 GB uL
131. ITEK 200 Program G40100 French Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU no conversion required Bilirubin BIL NEGATIF NEGATIF 1 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Ketone CET NEGATIF NEGATIF TRACES TRACES 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Specific Gravity DEN no conversion required Blood SNG NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACES TRACES LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACES 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIF NEGATIF TRACES TRACES 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Urobilinogen URO 0 2 mg Dl 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL no conversion required 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0mg dL gt 8 0 mg dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Leukocytes LEU no conversion required Page D 22 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D French Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 Color COL COL gt gt gt gt gt gt COULEUR Clarity ASP CLR JAUNE JAUNE FONC JAUNE CLR ORANGE ANGE CLR VERT VERT FONC VERT CLR BLEU BLEU FONC BLEU
132. In order to transmit a character both the DSR and CTS lines must be high The instrument will raise the DTR line whenever it is ON and will raise the RTS line when it is ready to receive or send a character Software Handshake e DCI 11H or DC2 12H and XOFF DC3 13H protocol is observed Before any character is transmitted the input buffer is checked and if a XOFF was received no transmission can occur until an XON is received When the instrument is turned on is in effect e the Computer Handshake option is set to ON the instrument responds to the reception of the following control characters as follows All other characters are ignored e Prompt DC1 or DC2 11H or 12H A Prompt causes the instrument to transmit the presently addressed set of data Data for one test strip If an ENQ was the last control character received the instrument ID message is sent instead e If transmission was disabled while sending a data set a or DC2 acts only as an XON If transmission was disabled when a data set was not being sent or DC2 acts both as an XON and as a Prompt e ACK 06H confirms the receipt of the data set by the computer and causes the instrument to address the next available set of data Any additional ACK is ignored until a Prompt to send the next data set is received 1 Data sets may not be skipped e NAK 15H causes no action to be taken so that the last set
133. L Ca 200 Ery uL NEGATIVE TRACE 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVE 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE NEGATIVE TRACE 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE SMALL MODERATE NEGATIVE TRACE 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L 2 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 11 APPENDIX English S I with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE Ca 15 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE Ca 70 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SMALL Ca 125 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MODERATE Ca 500 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LARGE Page 12 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPE
134. LU NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE NEGATIVE 1 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Ketone KET NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood BLD NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE TRACE LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Urobilinogen UBG 3 2 umol L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L no conversion required 33 umol L 66 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Page D 18 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D English S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Color COL Clarity CLA LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORANGE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN LT BLUE BLUE DK BLUE CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLO
135. Main Trouble shoot Per Is Pusher Bar to the left Instrument test card PCB and Service Manual 2 Reset the customer Program Card Report Error DTO10 settings to the instrument defaults Report Error Is the problem corrected 01005 Trouble shoot Per Will strip detector Service Manual detect strip and cycle Report Error DTO11 pusher bar Problem corrected Report Error 07004 Does the Display System Locked up update to run mode Report Error DTO12 Does Data Print Report Error DTO13 Figure 7 1 1 Replace touch Screen Report Error 07014 Page 7 22 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 2 Explanation of Error Codes 7 2 1 Error Handling The Errors on the instrument are divided into 1 General Errors 2 Data Set Errors A General Error is defined as an error resulting from hardware input e g a ROM checksum Error RAM checksum error Processor 2 programming error or a sensor error These errors are detected by processor 2 A Data Set Error is defined as an error detected by analyzing the data collected from the readheads during the read process 7 2 1 2 Error Number Display The Instrument Test Card and Customer Card display only those errors defined as general errors on the screen These general errors are generated by processor 2 as a two digit number and sent to processor 1 to display on the screen refer to Table 7 2 1 for complete listing The Anal
136. Manual Page C 21 APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card F40100 German Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 250 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 500 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SCHWACH 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MAESSIG 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt STARK Ketone KET NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV SPUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 15 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 40 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OBL NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 rbc uL SPUR ZELLEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 10 rbc uL SPUR LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 10 rbc uL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 25 rbc uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 80 rbc uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 rbc uL no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV SPUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR
137. NDIX Italian Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card E40100 Italian with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity PS Blood SAN Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIVO 1 0 g L 2 5 g L 5 0 g L gt 10 0 g L NEGATIVO LEGGERO MEDIO FORTE NEGATIVO TRACCE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL 2 80 mg dL NEGATIVO TRACCE NT TRACCE LIS LEGGERO NEGATIVO TRACCE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVO 0 1 g dL 0 25 g dL 0 50 g dL gt 1 0 g dL NEGATIVO LEGGERO MEDIO FORTE NEGATIVO TRACCE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVO TRACCE TRACCE LEGGERO NEGATIVO TRACCE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E
138. NDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40102 English S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SMALL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MODERATE 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LARGE Ketone KET NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood BLD NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
139. NG Table 7 2 2 Data Set Error Codes Error Priority Instrument Test C ard Customer Card Error Error Code Code Readhead 1 Readhead2 Readhead 1 Readhead2 Low Dark Value 3 0100 0001 01 1 01 2 High Dark Value 2 0200 0002 02 1 02 2 A D Converter Over Range 4 0300 0003 03 1 03 2 Low Lamp Level 5 0400 0004 04 1 04 2 Low Channel Output 6 0500 0005 05 1 05 2 Missing Strip 7 N A 0006 N A 06 2 Upside down Dry Strip 12 0700 N A 07 1 N A Misaligned Strip 9 0800 0008 08 1 08 2 Skewed Strip 8 0900 0009 09 1 09 2 Reflectance gt 100 11 1000 0010 10 1 10 2 Auto Strip Type Error 10 2000 N A 20 1 N A Result Data Intergrity 1 N A 0030 7 2 2 2 Data set Errors R H1 R H2 Missing Strip NA 0006 RH 1 RH 2 Two areas of the strip are checked between pads Low Dark value 0100 0001 A dark value is 1 count for any channel RH 1 RH 2 0200 0002 A dark value is gt 400 counts any channel High Dark value RH 1 RH 2 0300 0003 A D Converter Overrange A read value is at full scale i e 2040 counts on any channel Read Overrange RH 1 RH2 Low Lamp Output 0400 0004 Low Lamp Level All channels read 200 counts above dark value at calibration RH 1 RH 2 0500 0005 Low Channel Output One or more channels on a readhead but not all read 200 counts above dark at calibration Low Channel Output 2 and 3 and between pads 9 and 10 If both
140. Once all ten strips have been processed the results are displayed on the screen as shown above A printout of the data sets and the minimum maximum range and average decode results will automatically be printed after CT500 normalization is complete as LEU Correction Factor AVERAGE AAA MAXIMUM BBB MINIMUM CCC RANGE DD 12 An instrument passes the test provided that the range value for the test is less than or equal to 34 Note Instruments that do not pass this requirement should be retested If the instrument fails a second testing it requires additional servicing Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 11 RELEASE TESTING 12 15 1 MEMORY RESET Procedure 1 After the instrument has successfully completed the release test and the wet testing the memory will need to be reset This is accomplished by selecting the SETUP option from the ready run screen Use AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Place Strip gt SEQUENCE BBBBB Jel PRINT SETUP el SETUP lel INSTRUMENT TEST N After SETUP is selected the following screen will be displayed From this screen select the CLEAR MEMORY option SELECT ITEM TO SPECIFY ITS OPTION T lel the Date AA BB CC M D Y E Set the Time DD EE 24 hr E Clear Memory c 2 Printer FFF Strip Type GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG Page 12 12 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 3
141. Once the CLEAR MEMORY option has been selected the following screen will display Clear all results from the CLINITEK memory Are you sure ef E zl Reset System Memory 4 From this screen select the Reset System Memory option This will erase all results from memory and reset the fixed memory locations to the default values Rev 1199H RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING 12 17 CONFIRM CONFIGURATION Note If returning original system to customer make sure that the customer supplied User If paci th n Cust Seri Software PCMCIA card is included with the placing the system in Customer Service system Exchange Pool make sure that the latest User Software PCMCIA card is included with the system Note If updating the system to a new version of software and it is necessary to maintain customer setup parameters us the following procedure to insure that the customer setup parameters originally in the system have been restored 1 Install the customer original program card and turn on the instrument When the instrument prompts to use the setup stored on the program card or stored in instrument memory chose Stored on Program Card 2 After the instrument has returned to the ready run screen turn the power off 3 Remove the original program card and install the New Version of the Customer Program Card 4 Turn the instrument power back on When the instrument prompts to us
142. PCB Assembly Install the Flex cables into the ZIF connector on the Pre amp PCBs Install the Upper Case section 9 7 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 6 and 9 5 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 19 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 16 2 Pre amp PCBs Note It is easier to remove and install the Pre amp PCBs with the A D PCB removed Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for 4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Cotton gloves e Torque Driver Caution Left PCB Cotton gloves MUST be worn when handling the Lamps Pre amp PCBs and A D PCB Powder from latex gloves Oil and dirt from skin will cause imprecision in readings CAUTION Static precautions must be observed When removing or installing the screw when working on the instrument with the which secures the Pre amp PCBs the Upper Case removed readhead body must be supported from underneath to prevent it from breaking Disassembly 1 The Pre amp PCBs are attached to the black plastic readhead body by one screw 1A and two tabs molded into the readhead 1B See photos of the Left and Right Pre amps Removing the screw allows the Pre amp PCBs to be separated from the readhead body 1B Right Pre Amp Page 9 20 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Assembly 2 Move the readhead
143. Protein PRO NEGATIVE TRACE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Urobilinogen URO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVE 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE NEGATIVE TRACE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE SMALL MODERATE NEGATIVE TRACE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 5 APPENDIX English Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE SMALL no conversion required SMALL MODERATE MODERATE LARGE LARGE Page 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 440100 English Conventional with PLUS System set to ON
144. Rev 1199H German Conventional with PLUS System set to ON CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 APPENDIX D Color COL COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Farbe Clarity ASP Invalid Result Value FEHLER FEHLER HELL GELB GELB DUNK GELB HELL ORANGE ORANGE DUNK ORANGE HELL ROT ROT DUNK ROT HELL GRUEN GRUEN DUNK GRUEN HELL BRAUN BRAUN DUNK BRAUN HELL BLAU BLAU DUNK BLAU KLAR FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Klarheit KLAR no conversion required FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 31 APPENDIX D German 5 1 Supports CLINITEK 200 Program F4 German S I with PLUS System set to OFF Test
145. SR00081C Digital volt meter or equivalent Display service test fixture 71647014 Procedure 1 Disconnect the line cord from the power entry module and remove the upper case 2 E nes the display using the Display Test Refer to section 9 8 2 Reconnect the line cord to the power entry 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation Module senda nano powseswilor ON during servicing 1 3 Connector P7 on the Mother PCB provides the 4 Power the Strip Detector can be checked REMOVE Ihe gable rom on the back of the strip detector PCB Refer to figure 7 4 2 Place the NEG lead of the 4 Measure the voltages present at the DVMon Pin 1 4 or 5 which are GND The connector connect the NEG lead of the DVM meter can also be connected to the power to Pin3 GND and the POS lead to Pin 1 supply chassis for the DC ground The voltage should be 5 0 VDC Move the 5 Connect the POS lead of the DVM to Pin 3 of POS lead to Pin 2 the voltage should also be the cable the voltage should be 12 VDC ROO VDC M the voltages are not present Connecting the POS lead of the DVM to Pin 2 check to see i the power supply is operating of connector 8 the voltage should be 12 Refe rie section 4 9 1 VDC Figure 7 4 2 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 51 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 4 3 4 Circuits Stepper Motor Drive The following procedure will determine if
146. SS FERRITE TRICE 3 5 0 5 5 Bar Code Reader Cable 40453237 Page 10 16 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Find Number Description Part number 1 Motor Assembly Readhead 40453205 2 Motor Table Drive 40453207 3 Motor Pusher Arm 40453206 4 Bracket Readhead Mounting 5 Screw M3 x10 Phillips Cheese Head 6 Screw M3 x 12 Phillips Cheese Head 7 Screw 8 x32 x 3 2 Pan Head Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 17 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Display Bezel Assembly 95002093 LO E T LO N 5 S e 2 uo s S co LO s S 9ooo o a o c gt iE 55 2 589 So IL gt 240 lt gt on Suo 9 sio Ox Ig 2109 gt DO 5 Sc S Sw lt o O O gt LLI Adams Q gt ajoj pojo N LL Rev 1199H Page 10 18 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN Table Access slot for horizontal plate adjustment screws Access holes for horizontal plate 2 3 adjustment Horizontal plate adjustment screw
147. Spanish SPANISH Urine Chemistry Test Support Chart MULTISTIX 9 SG MULTISTIX 8 SG N MULTISTIX SG NEPHROSTIX L URO HEMACOMBISTIX SG L Yes sent as URO HEMACOMBI SG L URO LABSTIX SG URO LABSTIX SG L URO HEMACOMBISTIX Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 3 APPENDIX D For the test strips for which the CLINITEK 200 does not provide support the ID message will be sent with the selected test name It is the user s responsibility to ensure that the data collection system can accept the unsupported test strip name Data Set Information e Each data set consists of 246 characters 248 characters if the Computer Checksum option is set to ON if the Enter Sample ID option is set to OFF and 312 characters 314 characters if the Computer Checksum option is set to ON if the Enter Sample ID option is set to ON A data set contains the results for one test strip e An STX is output as the first character of each set e the Computer Checksum option is set to ON a checksum of all bytes sent between the STX and ETX is obtained and truncated to 8 bits This is sent as two hexadecimal digits 0 thru F the e most significant four bits first These two ASCII characters are sent preceding the ETX e An ETX is output as the last character of each set Data SetOutput Format Enter Sample ID set to OFF
148. TRE LIMPIDE LEG TROUB TROUBLE OPAQUE AUTRE Invalid Result Value ERREUR ERREUR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 25 APPENDIX D Support for CLINITEK 200 Program H4 French S I with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Bilirubin BIL NEGATIF NEGATIF 1 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Ketone CET NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 Specific Gravity DEN no conversion required Blood SNG NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE TRACES LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3
149. TS line when it is ready to receive or send a character Software Handshake XON DC1 11H or DC2 12H and XOFF DC3 13H protocol is observed Before any character is transmitted the input buffer is checked and if a XOFF was received no transmission can occur until an XON is received When the instrument is turned on XON is in effect If the Computer Handshake option is set to ON the instrument responds to the reception of the following control characters as follows All other characters are ignored e Prompt or optionally a DC2 11H or 12H A Prompt causes the instrument to transmit the presently addressed set of data Data for one test strip e A prompt received after XOFF has been received is also treated as an e Any prompt received while data is being transmitted is ignored e prompt received when there is no data available to send is saved causing the next set of data to be transmitted when available e ACK 06H confirms the receipt of the data set by the computer and causes the instrument to address the next available set of data Any additional ACK is ignored until a Prompt to send the next data set is received 1 Data sets may not be skipped e 15H causes no action to be taken so that the last set of data is transmitted again when the next Prompt is received Since this is the default condition the need not be sent to the instrument i e After a set o
150. The instrument uses two readheads that are spaced to allow for two readings of a strip The first reading occurs approximately 25 seconds after the strip has been dipped and the second reading at about 67 seconds Each of the readheads consists of a light source and four detectors The detectors each have an optical filter that passes a broad bandwidth of energy to the detector The four bands passed to the detectors are Infrared Red Green and Blue The output of each detector is passed to a two stage amplifier See section 6 9 Pre amp theory The four outputs IR Red Green and Blue from each of the two pre amps PCB s are routed to a common A D PCB The A D PCB contains an eight channel A D converter that is multiplexed to select which of the eight channels will be converted Its output is sent in a serial format to Processor 2 Refer tosection 6 10 A D theory Processor 2 controls the operations of reading the strips and calculating the results Once the results are calculated they are sent to Processor 1 which controls the User Interface 6 8 Readhead Movement The two readheads of the CLINITEK 500 are mounted to a Readhead carrier that rides on a precision ball slide and is driven by means of a stepper motor The process of taking a reading involves moving this assembly over the reagent strip s and scanning each reagent strip taking one or more readings at every pad location Processor 2 controls the position of the Re
151. Their Order option Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page E 11 APPENDIX E This Page is Intentionally Blank Page E 12 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX F APPENDIX F Result Mode Format and Altered Ranges F 1 Result Format Test Mode 2 Introduction CLINITEK 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer Customers who choose to alter instrument ranges should collect data from a statistically significant number of samples for comparison to the reference method s Setting the instrument in Test Mode 2 adds a printout of raw decode data above each set of test results NOTE By design choosing Test Mode 2 disables the computer port and turns the internal printer OFF The computer port cannot be enabled The printer can be selected back ON in Printer Setup Procedure 1 From the Ready Run screen touch the Menu option 2 From the Menu screen touch the Setup option 3 Press the 5 key seven 7 times to display Setup Menu 8 with Computer Port Options as the first selection 4 Touch the Computer Port Options key to display the computer port options screen 5 See Figure On this screen there is a special Hidden Key which is located below the Set of the Set options screen header and above the Port ON OFF key Pressing the screen in this area two times 2X displays a fifth option The fifth option Results Format will display The default format is Clinical V
152. UDY TURBID OTHER COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Clarity no conversion required STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 19 APPENDIX D French Conventional Supports CLINITEK 200 Program G4 French Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Test CLINITEK 500 Glucose GLU NEGATIF TRACES 2 5 g L 5 0 g L gt 10 0 g L Bilirubin BIL NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT Ketone CET NEGATIF TRACES 0 15 g L 0 4 g L gt 0 8 g L Specific Gravity DEN Blood SNG NEGAT
153. VDC 5VDC gt 45V 5V cg L 5V ce d BP P2 u2 o nc C7 7 5 DIA 1 74H04 Ale me 041 7 i 2 Gi G4 NC 3 s 54 16 5 6 5 32 23 i X AXIS CONTROL 22 U2 8 1 62 635 V 75H04 74H04 9 ee 12 UNUSED GATES He TO b TC0604WG PROCESSOR WV E NOTES 1 RESISTOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN OHMS 1 8W 5 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED 2 CAPACITOR VALUES ARE EXPRESSED IN MICROFARADS 10 UNLESS OTHERWISE SPECIFIED Y AXIS CONTROL 23 u2 u2 74H04 74H04 P3 FB1 1 8 TOUCH A TOUCH TOUCH TOUCH 25 H 1 26 31 8 BE SCREEN HIGHEST REF REF DES TOUCH B 3 DES USED NOT USED 4 5 D D TOUCH C 27 e 4 a 28 5 29F0418 1SR TOUCH 0 QUAD FERRITE 2 P3 R2 n GROUND 21 47K 41K R3 TOUCH D GROUND 22 9 es GROUND 29 GROUND 30 e CLINITEK 500 DISPLAY INTERFACE SCHEMATIC 99400831 115 STRIP DETECTOR 12 12V RS R13 pese e SCHEMATIC ias E Di 99400845 R gt UL 0812108 n a i U3 210 1 Lv Or e V OUT gt p
154. a 200 Ery uL NEGATIVE TRACE 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVE 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE NEGATIVE TRACE 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE SMALL MODERATE NEGATIVE TRACE 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Page D 16 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D English S I with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE Color COL Clarity CLA Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Ca 15 Leu uL Ca 70 Leu uL Ca 125 Leu uL Ca 500 Leu uL LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORANGE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN LT BLU
155. adhead carrier See section 6 4 1 motor control theory Rev 1199H FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY The actual process of reading a strip is summarized below The scan cycle is 7 seconds 1 Strip presence is verified by the strip detector 2 Processor 2 activates the moving table to advance the reagent strip into the Readhead area It takes three cycles for a reagent strip placed on the load area to be brought under Readhead 1 3 Ifa strip was under Readhead 1 during the previous scan cycle a control code is sent to processor 2 A strip is verified as being present at Readhead 1 if the IR channel reflectance between pads 9 and 10 and pads 2 and 3 is above 65 is present in the last data set 4 Ifa strip was present at Readhead 2 during the last cycle the data set which includes error code is sent to processor 1 The error flags are reset after the error code is sent If both events 3 and 4 occur a code will be sent first 5 At 3 0 seconds into the 7 second scan cycle the actual read operation begins A Move the Readheads to find the edge of the cal chip under readhead 1 and move to the center of the cal chip This is arbitrarily set as location O B Perform a dark value reading on all channels C Turn the lamps on and perform a calibration of all channels on the white cal chip D Move the Readheads out 0 017 and read each of the eight channels after the Readheads have moved These reading
156. ages at pin 7 of connectors P1 and P2 Refer to figure 7 4 1 voltages should be 4 95 VDC to 5 05 VDC 9 Measure the voltages at pin 8 of connectors P1 and P2 Refer to figure 7 4 1 voltages should be 5 2 VDC to 4 84 VDC 10 The input voltage measured on P3 pin 4 should be 12 VDC and pins 9 amp 10 should be 12 VDC 7 4 3 Mother PCB 7 4 3 1 Equipment required e Instrument Test Card 5 00081 e Digital volt meter or equivalent e Display service test fixture 71647014 Pr r 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 Power input 2 Reconnect the display using the Display Test Fixture 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation during servicing 1 4 Measure the output voltage from the power supply at connector P12 on the mother PCB Refer to figures 8 1 Place the NEG lead of a DVM on pin 3 or 4 GND and the POS lead on the following pins The voltage should be within 10 of the listed voltages below Pin 1 amp 2 5 VDC Pin 6 12 VDC Pin 9 12 VDC Page 7 50 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H 7 4 3 2 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Power to the Strip Detector Equipment required Instrument Test Card SRO0081C Digital volt meter or equivalent Display service test fixture 71647014 Procedure 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 7 4 3 3 Power to the Printer Equipment required Instrument Test Card
157. ags for Confirmatory Report EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE line 51 Flags for Microscopics Report EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page E 9 APPENDIX E line 52 Edit flagged results DDD line 53 Tests Using Altered Ranges FEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE EEE page break line 1 System Configuration Page FFF line 2 System Settings line 3 Tech ID DDD line 4 Sample IDs DDD line 5 Password for Setup DDD line 6 Internal printer DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 7 External printer DDDDDDDDD line 8 Custom Header DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDD line 9 Computer link line 10 Port DDD line 11 Baud Rate DDDD line 12 Data Bits Par DDDDDD line 13 Output Format DDDDDD line 14 Checksum DDD AA line 15 Handshake DDD line 16 Label DDD line 17 Ignore Lead BC Char D line 18 Ignore Trail BC Char D Variable Field Descriptions Represents the date of the test The date is displayed in the date format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Ee Represents the time of the test The time is displayed in the time format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the Software Versions of the processors D Represents the current option for a system setting Represents a test abbreviation This line is not printed if the co
158. al sensor from The Mother PCB CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 21 REPAIR REPLACEMENT Note A Flexible Coupling connects the Drive Housing Assembly to the stepper motor shaft Hint You may find it necessary to loosen one half of the Flexible coupling to remove the Drive Housing assembly To do this Rotate the coupling so that the setscrews are at the 1 o clock position Use a 5 64 Hex wrench to loosen the setscrew of the coupling on the shaft coming from the Drive Housing assembly Slide that half of the coupling towards the Drive Housing assembly on the shaft Caution On the bottom of the Drive Housing Assembly there are two pins that key the housing into the Baseplate The housing must gently be lifted upward to disengage these pins Do not use the front rotating plate of the Drive Housing for lifting use the sides of the Drive Housing 10 Gently lift the left side of the housing upward until you feel the left tab come out of the Baseplate hole Page 9 22 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 11 Holding the left side of the housing with your left hand place your right hand on the right side of the housing Gently lift upward with your right hand while gently twisting upward with your left hand 12 Remove the housing and guide the optical sensor cable through the hole in the right table guide Assembly 13 Guide the optical sensor wire through the hole in the side of the Right hand Table Guide
159. alk TeSt Lubrication Service release LEU Correction Faclor _ 4 JJJUqJJJJTT ansa er acme eee Confirm Software Software Version Performed By Date Release Approval Date Page 12 14 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX A Appendix A CLINITEK 500 Instrument Release Test Data Collection Software A 0 Introduction This appendix will address installing and using the Data Collection Software with the CLINITEK 500 instrument Performing the Release Test requires the use of Instrument Test Card and a special data collection program p n SR001694 that will analyze the data from the CLINITEK 500 instrument This software is supplied in two parts First is a CD ROM which contains the actual data collection program and a Set up program for installing the software onto a PC The second part is a floppy disk which contains the Limits Files p n SR001704A that used to determine if data collected from the CLINITEK 500 instrument under test meets the release requirements A 1 So
160. alues The selections are shown as EEEEEEEEEEE in the figure Press the key again to cycle through Test Mode 1 Test Mode 2 and or back to Clinical Values For data review purposes choose Test Mode 2 Each test strip s results will print to the internal printer as raw data and as clinical results Press the key eight 8X times to return to printer screen Select the Internal printer back to ON Port AAA Data Parity CCCCCCC je Baud BBBBB 2 Output Format DDDDDD Set options Port AAA Baud BBBBB Data Parity CCCCCCC Output Format DDDDD 4 Result Format EEEEEEEEEEE E te L L L Hidden Key Access to Result Format Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page F 1 APPENDIX F F 2 Altered Ranges Introduction The 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer offers the customer the ability if desired to customize sensitivity of the clinical ranges of certain tests This function allows the customers to actually adjust the upper limit for each clinical range thus altering the sensitivity of the instrument The tests to which this feature applies are the following Glucose Ketone Bilirubin Blood Protein Urobilinogen Leukocytes CAUTION If a customer elects to use this option and adjusts the range for any analyte the performance characteristics stated by Bayer for that analyte are no longer valid Validation of the new ranges and expected results
161. anual Rev 1199H APPENDIX E APPENDIX E Printer Report Formats Printer Report Formats This section defines the report formats used for al printed reports Three different printers are supported the CLINITEK 500 internal printer an 80 column printer and a Form printer Not all report formats are available for all printers Printer selections are made on the Printer Options screen Calibration Confirmation This report is available from Screen Report Options Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON results are printed on the internal printer This report is not available for the Form printer Printer Format line 1 CLINITEK 500 line 2 Calibration Successful line 3 AAAAAAAA BBBBBBBB Variable Field Descriptions Represents the date of the test The date is displayed in the date format set onScreen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the time of the test The time is displayed in the time format set on Protected Setup 2 8 Load List Report This report is available by pressing the Print button from Scree Sample ID Entry or Screen Report Options Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON results are printed on the internal printer This report is not available for the Form printer Printer Format There will be a maximum of three lines printed for each entry in the load list and a minimum of one line
162. areas did NOT have a reading gt 50 the missing strip error is set RH 1 RH 2 Upside down or Dry Strip 0700 NA Reflectance reading was 7096 for the GLU pad on the RED channel or the reflectance reading was 7696 for the LEU1 pad on the GREEN channel Both are at the 1 readhead NOTE This is the only error generated using a pad reflectance Page 7 28 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING RH 1 RH 2 0800 0008 When doing the strip position correction the end of the strip nearest the cal chip is located by finding the position where the reflectance goes above 30 as the readhead moves toward the front of the instrument Steps are counted and a number of 0 through 8 is assigned indicating relative position for each readhead A number 4 is the nominal position where the strip is in perfect alignment A smaller number indicates the strip is closer to the cal chip a larger number shows it is farther If the number is or 8 the error code for that readhead is set The positions 1 through 7 will result in correct reflectance for the strip Each digit indicates a shift of 0 01716 inchs so that correct readings will be obtained for shifts of 10 051 inchs Misaligned Strip RH 1 RH 2 Skewed Strip 0900 0009 The reflectance in the areas between pads 2 and 3 and between pads 9 and 10 are scanned through 8 step positions If a reflectance is
163. asure the output of pins 2 3 4 and 5 Typical readings are 1 to 4 volts with the lamp on and about 0 with the lamp off refer to table 7 1 below Table 7 1 GRN IR RED BLU Status Pin 2 3 4 5 Vdc 1 4 1 4 1 4 1 4 ON mVdc 0 0 0 0 OFF Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 49 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 4 2 A D PCB The A D PCB provides all of the reference voltages to the pre amp PCB Use the following procedure to verify that the correct voltages are being provided to the Pre amp PCBs and lamps If any of the voltages are not present the A D PCB should be replaced Equipment required Instrument Test Card SR000810 Digital volt meter Display service test fixture 71647014 Procedure 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 2 Reconnect the display using the Display Test Fixture 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation during servicing 4 Manually position the readhead over the calibration chip 5 Using the lamp ON OFF test in the Instrument Test Card Refer to section 7 3 5 1 turn the lamp ON 6 Measure the lamp voltage between pins 1 and 2 on both connector P4 and P5 Refer to figure 7 4 1 The unloaded voltage should be between 5 8 VDC and 6 24 VDC 7 Reconnect the lamps and measure the loaded voltage It should be between 5 8 VDC and 6 24 VDC 8 Measure the volt
164. ay assembly consists of four main components The bezel assembly touch screen display and the interface PCB The Display is a 320 by 240 dot matrix 15 lines by 40 characters and is controlled by the display controller U1 SED133SF on the interface PCB The information is presented to the controller in an eight bit parallel format from the Main PCB via processor 1 It is then converted to a video format and sent to the display as pixels The touch screen is an Analog Resistive Touch Screen ARTS It consists of two layers one orientated along the X axis and one layer orientated along the Y axis of a transparent resistive film separated by a spacer The active axis of the screen is selected via two control signals which switch one of two pair of MOSFETS U4 on to apply a fixed voltage across the axis of the resistive element The inactive element becomes the input for the A D convert R1 isa pull down resistor for the vertical axis and R2 is a pull down resistor for the horizontal axis When the screen is pressed a unique voltage is generated for both the X layer and the Y layer These two voltages are converted to a digital Rev 1199H representation of the location on the screen by the A D converter in Processor 1 6 7 Readhead System Overview The Readhead system consists of the following components Two Pre amps an A D converter subsystem two independent illumination sources a drive subsystem and a system controller
165. back to the left after moving a strip other than at the end of a load listed run or while waiting for entry of an ID The last strip has been placed ina loadlist run or the instrument is waiting for entry of an ID A very dark urine is being tested the strip detector is unable to verify the presence of the strip until it reaches the first readhead The instrument is functioning properly Begin anew loadlist run after the current run is complete or enter the ID Number being requested Presence of the strip will be verified at the first readhead requiring an additional 3 cycles 21 seconds The push bar should then move back to the left Continue testing in the normal manner If occurs repeatedly or occurs with non dark urines verify proper Strip Detector operation as outlined below Verify that the Strip Detector LEDs are turning on Use the instrument test card to check operation Refer to section 7 3 6 3 Verify strip detector operation Refer to section7 3 4 4 Verify that the strip detector has correct voltages Refer to section 7 4 3 2 Replace the strip detector Refer to section 9 14 Trouble shoot the MAIN PCB for a broken trace and replace if necessary Refer to section 7 4 6 Check that the cable from the push bar motor is seated into connector P14 on the mother PCB Defective push bar mechanism troubleshoot Refer to section 7 3 6 3 and 9 18
166. body to the front of the instrument 3 Position the Pre amp PCB in place and fasten with the screw Tighten the screw to a torque of 7 inch pounds Note Make sure that the left Pre amp PCB does not Droop If the rear of the PCB hangs down it may run into the Slider Arm see Baseplate assembly in the chapter 10 4 Reconnect the flex cables coming from the A D PCB and continue with the assembly procedure for the A D PCB from section 9 16 1 HINT You may find it easier to install the flex cables from the A D PCB into the Pre amps before installing any of the PCBs onto the readhead body You can then install the three PCB assembly starting with the Left Pre amp next the A D PCB and finishing with the Right Pre amp PCB 9 17 Drive Housing Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for 4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Hex wrench 5 64 Di mbi 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 4 Remove the Fixed and Moving Tables sections 9 5 and 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Remove the Left Table Guide Assembly section 9 8 Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT Move the Readhead Carrier Assembly to the rear position on the instrument Remove the two Phillips screwdriver head screws securing the Drive Housing on the left and two screws on right Disconnect the optic
167. ce Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D Spanish with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Color COL COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color CL AMARILLO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COLURICA AMARILLO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt AMARILLO OSC AMARILLO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt AM OSCURO CL NARANJA gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt AMBAR CLINITEK 200 NARANJA OSC NARANJA CL ROJO ROJO OSC ROJO CL VERDE VERDE OSC VERDE CL AZUL AZUL OSC AZUL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ANARANJ ANARANJ ROJIZO ROJIZO ROJIZO VERDOSO VERDOSO VERDOSO OTROS OTROS OTROS CL MARRON gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTROS MARRON gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTROS OSC MARRON gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt OTROS Clarity CLA ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Aspecto no conversion required Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 47 APPENDIX D This Page ts Intentionally Blank Page D 48 CLINITEK 500 Service M
168. cific electrical mechanical and software components The overall operation of the instrument is controlled by two independent processors the first managing data I O and the user interface The second controlling basic instrument hardware functions Rev 1199H 2 6 The user dips a Bayer urine test strip into a urine sample and places it onto the load zone of the CLINITEK 500 instrument s Fixed Table A strip detector senses the presence of a reagent strip on the Fixed Table Detection of a reagent strip activates the Push bar that pushes the reagent strip to the right side of the load zone on the Fixed Table When the Push bar reaches the far right end of its travel the strip detector verifies the presence of a reagent strip If a strip is present the test sequence number is incremented and the Moving Table is activated to move the reagent strip into the Readhead area in preparation for analysis This area is encased under a permanent hood to prevent ambient light from interfering with the system s reflectance measurements The Moving Table continues to be activated every 7 seconds and advances the strip to the right each time by approximately 45 inches 1 143 cm CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 6 1 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY 7 The Moving Table advancement places a strip under either Readhead at approximately 25 or 67 seconds after dipping if a strip is under either readhead then the Readhead will scan
169. cing forward with the arrows pointing in and up When properly inserted the edge of the card will be flush with the instrument case Turn the power back on Contact your Bayer Customer Service office Remove the Bezel Assembly and check that all cables are properly seated Refer to sections 9 4 Verify input and output voltages to the power supply Refer to section 7 4 3 1 Use the instrument test card to verify that the problem is not related to the customers program card Troubleshoot the Display Refer to section 7 4 5 Trouble shoot the Main Processor PCB Refer to section 7 4 6 Fixed Table can not be installed The Moving Table is not in the lowest position Turn power ON and let the system initialize then switch the power off Repeat 3 times Inspect the Fixed and Moving Tables for damage Using the Instrument Test Card test the Drive Housing and stepper motor for proper operation Printout does not contain all Missing reports have been flagged The list of the flagged reports will be displayed Perform printer tests using the Instrument Test Card reports for confirmatory when the run is complete refer to section 7 3 4 2 report and Edit and the report will be printed flagged result is ON after the End of Run Report screens have been exited Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 3 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Sy
170. cond calibration level is used for the Strip Verification position and has a lower detector gain setting to prevent false verification Rev 1199H Note On early units a 5th LED on the far left may be present but disabled The Set Up value L1D1 is calculated but is not used by the software The calibration compensates for variations in LED output detector sensitivity and table reflectance changes The strip detector is AC coupled to reduce the effect of ambient light The detector circuits require both 12 volts and 12 volts for operation which is supplied via connector P1 pin 3 412 VDC pin 2 12 VDC and pins 1 4 and 5 are ground The instrument only calibrates the strip detector during the power on cycle Rev 1199H FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 6 11 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY This page is intentionally blank Page 6 12 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING CHAPTER SEVEN EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Section Troubleshooting 7 1 Explanation of Error 7 2 Explanation of Instrument Test 7 3 Detailed Troubleshooting and
171. control line is tied high to the 5 VDC thus disabling this function on all IC s U6 also has pin 11 tied to the 5 VDC which fixes the motor direction to clockwise rotation The output of the motor controller IC drives a four phase stepper motor The outputs are pin 8 A output pin 1 B output pin 6 C output and pin 3 D output Each of the outputs is clamped to ground through a reversed bias schottky diodes D1 D12 The stepper motors are four phase and have typical coil resistances as follow Readhead motor 24 ohms Push Bar motor 53 ohms Moving Table motor 32 ohms 6 4 2 Optical Sensors There are three optical sensors that are used to confirm the following 1 Fixed Table is in place PN 40453222 2 Push Bar interrupt sensor PN 40453233 3 Moving Table interrupt sensor PN 40453221 of the sensor outputs are routed to the Main PCB through connector J1 The Fixed Table in place optical sensor is located on the left support of the fixed table guide and is used to determine if the fixed table is fully seated The sensor plugs into connector P10 on the Mother PCB If the signal is not present it will result in a general system error 26 and will halt operation The Push bar interrupter is used to determine if the push bar has cycled completely The sensor plugs into connector P9 on the MOTHER PCB If the signal is not present it will result in a general System error 24 and will halt operation Rev
172. d 2 and clean the Push Bar Verify that Moving Table moving table Fixed Table seats correctly Refer to Holddown see section 5 section 9 6 Daily Cleaning Check the Moving Table to ensure that Perform Strip Walk Test no pins are bent or broken Refer to section 7 3 3 6 then reinstall the parts Make sure that the tables are Realign horizontal table fully seated and that the Refer to section 8 3 Holddown is snapped into place Replace Drive Housing Refer to section 9 18 Replace Fixed Table and Moving Table Refer to section 9 5 9 6 Replace Table Guides Refer to section 9 8 9 9 Check that drive housing flag is positioned in sensor Refer to section 8 6 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 9 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING during processing Report displayed at the end of the run to determine the specimen s for which there are no results Retest those specimens ensuring that the end of the strip is placed against the rear wall of the platform and not touching the bottom of the strip loading station If the error repeats remove and clean the Push Bar moving table Fixed Table Holddown see section 5 Daily Cleaning Check the Moving Table to ensure that no pins are bent or broken then reinstall the parts Make sure that the tables are fully seated and that the Holddown is snapped into place Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Reme
173. d and Clarity as the second test to be reported The test abbreviation is a three character left justified field For SG and pH the third character is a space Positive urine chemistry test results are marked with an asterisk The asterisk is located in the space directly to the right of the test abbreviation Since the CLINITEK 200 does not flag SG or pH results as positive the test results for SG and pH are never marked as positive Color and Clarity results are never marked as positive Edited test results are never marked The test result field may be replaced by ERROR for all tests in a record The word ERROR is language selection specific Page D 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D 8 The Sample ID field does not support the endash It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the endash is not a part of the ID 9 The Tech ID data field is NOT transmitted 10 Sample IDs must be set to ON in order for Color and or Clarity to be reported Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 7 APPENDIX D Result Value C onversions From CLINITEK 500 to CLINITEK 200 English Conventional Supports CLINITEK 200 Program A4 English Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 200 Test CLINITEK 500 Glucose GLU NEGATIVE 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE Ketone KET NEGATIVE TRACE 15 m
174. d bos 266 Fa Eu P4 0 NCES TI g CE D6 AG 14 A14 Em 31 4 007 48 0 A15 g RD 28 D6 10 25 ACD 2 S lt e it P37 1 006 47 a 19 At 8 WR zu 065 rs Is 2 DIR upra s XTAL2 DG 12 5 23 AC 25 p34 is DG E pen 22 3 1 GND an READY 25 22 00 1 21 A 34 GND 2 nc ncz u12 2 002 26 AQ 35 GND lt 5 8 T4HC4078 2 BUSY 832 50 0 15 amp 5 NC NCA 2 ALE 001 2 Hs AQ 68 GND 3 RXD 831 TXD pe 7 000 16 000 A1 8 5 1 p TXD 2 030 RXD Vo MI AQ pt cB 5 A e ET 10 RESET 59 00 A 13 58 Xe 5 14 y 35 lt VEC 10 AG PE SWD BE 57 D E e 7 har 11 06 56 Du By L TANT 35V 1 52 VPP2 12 ACD EA T Hp eg Ho 09 na m T 15 WE PGM 1 wp L VAGND poz 25 00 8 shn vec gt seu Er P01 C10 16 BUSY S 1 E lt E yee i DATA 7 2 2 C48 18 VPP1 4 5 C49 GD cso 10w 33 WP Ui 4 TUF T NC NC2 2 35V 14 015 nenc 74HC4078 5 25 023 111263 25 TANT 12 11 al 3 e CERAMIC CERAMIC 13 u ye 40 014 1 L AQ 5 39 013 E m 5 e 7 38 012 9 402 a 1 3 1 8 L 37 011 5V VEC 10 AG Ena 2 8 gt 66 010
175. d of the strip with the start date of its use During the 30 day period that it will be used it must be segregated from the unused test strips The container that is used for this segregation should protect the strip from air born contamination and direct light B 3 Use of the Test Strip The test strips have a use life of 30 days If in that period a strip starts failing instruments a new strip should be used a confirmatory test If the instrument passes with the new strip it is likely that the older test strip has been damaged Damaged strips should be disposed of Each day a test strip is used it will be examined every day for signs of damage and dirt if present replace the strip B 4 Log sheet of use It is recommended that a log be kept for the use of the test strips an example of a suitable Log is bellow Start date of Strip Strip ID number Checked for physical damage and dirt Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page B 1 APPENDIX B This page is intentionally blank Page B 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199G APPENDIX APPENDIX CLINITEK 200 Emulation Output Format Support Communication Parameters 7 Odd 8Noe Stop Bits 2 1200 o E po 9G 9200 e C ES E Hardware Handshake In order to transmit a character both the DSR and CTS lines must be high The instrument will raise the line whenever it is ON and will raise the R
176. d table Once the O K key is pressed the instrument starts the test as each strip is placed on the load zone of the fixed table the pusher arm is activated and moves the strip to the moving table SETUP WALK TEST Run 10 Strips lel x Strip Walk Setup ABORT TESTING AAAAAAAAAAAAA Strip Walk Testing As the strips are moved under each readhead the strip tip is located with respect to each Calibration Bar and stored in memory After all ten strips have had the tip locations determined by both readheads the data is analyzed A print out of the data and test results is printed out on the internal printer see figure 7 3 1 Strip Position Data 4545444444 RH2 4444444444 Ave 4 2 RH2 Ave 4 0 Strip Walk Test B Printed Strip Walk Test Report Figure 7 3 1 The first line of data printed is location of each of the ten strips read under Readhead 1 RH1 The second line of data printed is location of each of the ten strips read under Readhead 2 RH2 These measurements in motor steps can range between 0 and 8 with 4 being ideal A number lower than 4 indicates that the tip of the strip is closer to the calibration bar A number greater than 4 indicates that the tip of the strip is further away from the calibration bar The next two lines are the average position values for the ten strip readings taken under each readhead RH1 Ave and RH2 Ave
177. distributed throughout the instrument via the MOTHER PCB A cable connects the power supply to connector P12 of the MOTHER PCB Connector P12 is a six pin connector and has the following pin out Pins 2 and 3 of this connector are the DC ground pin 1 is 12 VDC pins 4 and 5 5 VDC and pin 6 12 VDC There are two auto reset fuses F1 and F2 which are soldered into the MOTHER PCB and provide current protection for the external Bar code reader Fuse F1 is for the 5 VDC and fuse F2 is for 12 VDC Power to the internal printer is supplied via connector P7 on the MOTHER PCB Pins 1 and 2 are 5 VDC Pin 3 is DC Ground The strip detector circuit operates off both 12 VDC and 12 VDC This power is supplied through connector P8 of the MOTHER PCB Pins 1 4 and 5 are GND while pin 3 is 12 VDC and 2 is 12 VDC 6 4 Mother PCB The MOTHER PCB serves primarily as an interconnection board for many of the system s I O functions and contains a portion of the instrument s control circuitry Each of the functions performed by the MOTHER PCB is described below Rev 1199H 6 4 1 Motor Drive Circuits The drive circuits for the moving table Push bar and readhead all utilize the same circuit design U5 and U7 motor controller IC s which convert the instructions from Processor 2 connector J2 to drive signals for the stepper motors The input signals are Step pin 11 OE pin 15 and Direction pin 14 The half step
178. ditionally the Hard Standard Results Port 2 will display Pending See screen below It will take several minutes for the testing to complete depending upon the processor speed of the PC that is running the data collection software CLINITEK 500 File Test Mode Settings Communications Status Port 2 Connected Model Serial Number Idle Available Defect Codes Activa 101 COSMETIC DEFECT a 102 BEZEL LOOSE MISSING SCREWS Transfer Complete 103 S N BAR CODE LABEL MISSING LOOSE gt Assign Hard Standard Result s Assigned Defect Codes Network Status Jen results 179 Repeat Disconnected Procedure 4099 ser Bob Eichorst Revision 05 Data Storage Status RawData NOT Saved ADF OFF est Results NOT Saved 14 When all of the data has been analyzed the Hard Standard Results Port 2 will change color from yellow to green and Pending will change to Pass At this point the CLINITEK 500 instrument have its power turned off and be disconnected from the PC Page A 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX A 15 If the data has been analyzed and fails the test the Hard Standard Results Port 2 will change color from yellow to red and Pending will change to FAIL see screen Below CLINITEK 500 Communications Status Port 2 REJECT Foi Port 2 Connected Model Serial Number Idle Available Defect Codes 101 COSM
179. dy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 09 1 A Reagent Strip has Check your printout of For Error 09 1 have Error 09 2 become skewed results or the Results Error customer check to see if reagent strips have stacked up near the outfeed area in the waste bin If so clear any jams and push strips to right in waste bin to clear the outfeed area Inspect Push Bar Fixed Table and Holddown for physical damage Replace as necessary Refer to section 9 1 9 5 9 6 Make sure that the instrument is level Verify that Fixed Table seats correctly Refer to section 9 5 Verify that Moving Table seats correctly Refer to section 9 6 Perform Strip Walk Test Refer to section 7 3 3 6 Realign horizontal table Refer to section 8 3 Replace Drive Housing Refer to section 9 18 Replace Fixed Table and Moving Table Refer to section 9 5 9 6 Replace Table Guides Refer to section 9 8 9 9 Check that drive housing flag is positioned in sensor Refer to section 8 6 Page 7 10 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING applies to Kanjii units Detect has been selected through the Setup Routine Refer to section 3 Step C continues to occur contact your Bayer Customer Service office Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 10 1 Instrument optical Turn the instrument power Troubleshoot Pre amp 1
180. e Fixed Table and install the Fixed Table on the instrument 2 Turn the CLINITEK 500 and select the Release Test from the menu 3 Place the test strip onto the reagent load area of the fixed table and push OK button 4 The instrument moves the strip to the first readhead and scans the strip 10 times doing the normal positioning calibration and readhead movement Only the reflectance results are saved to be outputed 5 Calibration is performed on the first calibration chip During the calibration the reflectances light counts and dark counts are stored Following calibration 29 reflectance reading are taken and stored 6 The results from the first readhead are stored as sequence number 001 7 The strip is moved as quickly as possible to the second readhead and steps 3 and 4 are repeated and stored as sequence number 002 8 results are available after the strip is read at the second readhead and will be outputed when asked for by a connected computer 9 If the test is repeated any results from a previous test are overwritten 10 The results may be printed also if desired NOTE The full Service Release Procedure is detailed in chapter 12 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 35 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 3 2 Exercise all motions When this test is selected the user will be prompted to select the number of cycles the test will run
181. e START OF TEXT character 02H 3 upper 4 bits of an 8 bit bytes checksum converted to an ASCII character 0 9 or A F lower 4 bits of an 8 bit bytes checksum converted to an ASCII character 0 9 or A F END OF TEXT character 03H Represents the carriage return character M Represents the line feed character OAH J Represents the SEQ Represents the date of the test The date is displayed in the format selected on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 The date separator is always an endash Represents the language units dependent test label for Ketone DDD Represents the language units dependent test label for SG FF Represents the language units dependent test label for Occult Blood F FFF Represents the language units dependent test label for Urobilinogen Represents the language units dependent test label for Leukocyte H Represents the test result label This field is right justified Each test result label contains 16 characters Character positions not used are filled with spaces 0 021 08 13 97 GLU NEGATIVE BIL NEGATIVE KET NEGATIVE SG 1 025 BLO TRACE pH 6 5 PRO NEGATIVE URO 1 0 E U dL NIT POSITIVE LEU SMALL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 3 PENDIX C NOTES 1 The SEQ consists of the prefix number and index number It is created from the CLINITEK 500 SEQ Starting from the left of the CLINITEK
182. e Verify that both ends of the interface cable Possible defective Printer are securely connected and Mother PCB see Section 7 3 check that your printer has 4 2 9 13 paper Possible defective Printer Cable Possible defective MAIN PCB see Section 9 11 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 19 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 51 Control results Nearly 200 control result sets Verify that customer setup is Error 52 memory 51 or or nearly 500 patient results correct sample results sets have been stored in memory 52 is memory without being Verify that CT500 External almost full transferred to a computer Port is turned ON Check that your computer is turned on that the interface Verify that external computer cable is securely connected is connected to the serial at both ends and that the communication RS 232 port setup parameters for the computer interface are Possible defective Mother correct Transfer at least PCB See section 7 3 4 1 9 some of the record If 13 unable to transfer records print the records and then Possible defective MAIN PCB delete the results from See section 9 11 memory Contact your Bayer Customer Service office Error 53 Control results Two hundred control result Verify that customer setup is Error 54 memory 53 or sets or 500 patient results co
183. e the setup stored on the program card or stored in instrument memory this time choose instrument memory 5 After the instrument returns to the ready run screen press the up arrow in the upper right hand corner of the screen to save the set up to the program card Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 13 RELEASE TESTING CLINITEK 500 RELEASE TEST LOG DATE S N gt S o ASS Cosmetic Inspection and Cleaning Exercise All 0 5 Test Serial Ports 1 Computer Port 2 Bar Code Reader Port 3 Auxiliary Port Printer 1 Instrument Printer 2 External Printer Fest Touch Soreen EE Test DISplay ra Test Strip 4 el Cycle BIoHer ooo octo rer tecto sasa ato coast S t Sirip Centering crnan ar Er anan Strip W
184. e CLINITEK 200 It is the responsibility of the user to ensure that the endash is not a part of the ID Represents the Color value This field is left justified and contains a maximum of ten characters Represents the Clarity value This field is left justified and contains a maximum of ten characters Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 5 APPENDIX D Example with Enter Sample ID set to OFF 0 021 08 13 97 GLU NEGATIVE BIL NEGATIVE KET NEGATIVE SG 1 025 BLO TRACE pH 6 29 NEGATIVE URO 1 0 E U dL NIT POSITIVE LEU SMALL Example with Sample ID set to ON 10 021 08 13 97 ID ALP2345676543 Color YELLOW Clarity CLEAR GLU NEGATIVE BIL NEGATIVE KET NEGATIVE SG 1 025 BLO TRACE pH 6 5 PRO NEGATIVE URO 1 0 E U dL NIT POSITIVE LEU SMALL NOTES 1 The SEQ consists of the prefix number and index number It is created from the CLINITEK 500 SEQ Starting from e gt the left of the CLINITEK 500 SEQ position 1 is dropped position 2 becomes the prefix digit an endash is appended and then positions 3 through 5 are used as the index portion of the SEQ The order of transmission for test results is the order as defined onScreen Tests Reported and Their Order It is the responsibility of the user to define Color as the first test to be reporte
185. e report is followed by two blank lines Report Format with IDs set to ON line 1 Results Not Available line 2 AAAAA ID BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB line 3 AAAAA ID BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB line n AAAAA ID BBBBBBBBBBBBBBB Variable Field Descriptions Represents the Sequence Number IB Represents the ID Report Format with IDs set to OFF line 1 Results Not Available line 2 AAAAA line 3 AAAAA line n AAAAA Variable Field Descriptions Represents the Sequence Number Confirmatory Report Microscopics Report The Confirmatory report lists the patients whose tests have met the Confirmatory flags criteria The Microscopics report lists the patients whose tests have met the Microscopics flags criteria The format of the two reports is identical They are differentiated by their header Printer Priorities If both the internal printer and an 80 column printer are set to ON the report is printed on the internal printer This report format is not available for the Form printer Internal Printer Format 80 Column Printer Format line 1 AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA line 2 BBBBBBBB CCCCCCC line 3 line 4 DDDDD ID Page E 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX E line 5 FFF line 6 line 7 DDDDD ID line 8 FFF Variable Field Descriptions A
186. e the Phillips screwdriver head screw that connects the grounding strap from the power supply to the left rear corner of the Baseplate assembly 8 Remove the Phillips screwdriver head screw that holds the top of the Power Supply to the Electronic Mounting Bracket 9 Lift the Power Supply upward to gain access to the connector for TB1 Disconnect the cable from connector TB1 and remove the Power Supply Assembly NOTE If the power supply is being replaced transfer the Grounding strap from the old power supply to the new power supply 10 Lower the Power Supply into the instrument at the left rear corner The open component side faces left with TB2 at the top 11 Once the Power Supply is low enough connect the main power cable to TB1 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 9 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 12 Continue to lower the Power Supply onto the bottom mounting taps Mounting tabs The bottom of the Power Supply frame rests on two mounting tabs located at the bottom of the Electronic Mounting Bracket 13 Install the Phillips screwdriver head screw that holds the top of the Power Supply to the Electronic Mounting Bracket Tighten to a torque of 5 inch pounds 14 Install the Phillips screwdriver head screw for the Power Supply grounding strap to the left rear corner of the Baseplate assembly 15 Connect The Power Supply connector J12 to the connector P12 on The Mother PCB 16 Connect P6 to J6 on the top left
187. e time is displayed in the time format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the current option for a system setting A Represents the Software Versions of the processors E Represents a test abbreviation This line is not printed if the corresponding test is not selected on Screen Tests to Report and Their Order The option for this line is printed as N A if the corresponding test is not selected onScreen Tests to Report and Their Order mum The option for this line is printed as None if no tests are selected for the flag criteria This option is not printed if Altered Ranges are not in use Page E 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX E option for this line is printed as N A if the Internal Printer option on Screen Printer Options is NOT set to ON with 12 blank lines between patient result sets The option for this line is printed as N A if the Output Format is set to 5007 80 Column Printer Format The printer issues form feed after the report has been printed line 1 System Configuration Page FFF line 2 AAAAAAAA BBBBBBB line 3 Software Version CC CC CC CC line 4 line
188. ectors are continues remove and seated reinstall the platform as instructed in Section 5 Use instrument test card to test individual sensors Refer to sections 7 4 4 Confirm that the Fixed Table enters the photo sensor on the table guide refer to section 8 5 for adjustment Replace sensor as necessary MOTHER PCB defective replace Refer to section 9 13 Processor 1 is defective on the MAIN PCB Replace Refer to section 9 11 1 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 15 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING installed or missing or is dirty necessary to cancel the run Remove the Fixed Table as instructed in Section 5 Daily Cleaning Install the Holddown if missing or clean if it appears dirty Reinstall the Holddown ensuring it is properly installed then replace the platform onto the instrument if the Holddown appears damaged or discolored replace with a new Holddown Check your printout of results or the Results Error Report displayed at the end of the run to determine the specimen s for which there are no results and retest those specimens Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 27 Holddown is Touch the Return to Refer to section 7 2 2 1 improperly RUN READY button if Inspect Fixed Table and Holddown for wear and discoloration Replace as necessary Refer to section 9 5 Verify Readhead pe
189. ed when performing this test Customers are to be instructed not to Blot reagent strips when processing Controls or Samples The instrument algorithms are optimized to provide accurate and consistent clinical results for reagent strips that are not blotted thus blotting will adversely effect results 8 Immediately place the strip on the instrument fixed table The strip will be detected and pusher bar will move strip to the readhead areas After the first strip has been detected the display will change as shown below Page 12 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Note The variable is the sequence number of the strip that is being processed The Variable BBBBBB is an Error message if an error condition is detected and is report as a normal CLINITEK 500 error code Use MULTISTIX 10 SG RUN 10 STRIPS FOR LEU CORRECTION ABORT SEQUENCE AAAAA BBBBBBBBBBBBBBBBB STOP 9 You may dip another strip and place on the table steps 4 3 4 6 as the pusher bar can move every 7 seconds Ten 10 strips must be run for the instrument to be normalized 10 After placing the 10 strip the pusher bar will remain at the right so that no additional strips may be run Note All 10 strips be dipped in the same tube of leukocyte negative solution A bottle of Clontek 500 calibration solution has a shelf life of 1 year at room tempeture Rev 1199H RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING 11
190. enu and allow the system to start normally 7 If an error code is not displayed the test 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT passed TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu 8 To exit push the arrow in the upper right I corner It will step you back to the Main 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select Menu LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu 12 8 Strip Detector Test 4 From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select Reference section 7 3 4 4 Test Equipment required Multistix10 SG Reagent Strips Procedure 1 Select Test Strip Detector function from Level 2 menu LEVEL 3 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 3 menu 2 Place a strip Multistix10 SG Reagent Strip on the fixed table When the instrument detects a strip it outputs a beep Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 5 RELEASE TESTING From the Instrument Tests Level 3 menu select LEVEL 4 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 4 menu Select CYCLE TABLE from the Instrument Tests Level 4 menu If an error code is not displayed the test passed To exit push the arrow in the upper right corner It will step you back to the Main Menu 12 10 Cycle Blotter Reference section 7 3 6 3 Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the
191. ersion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 2 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 1 2 3 NEGATIVE 1 1 1 NEGATIVE NEGATIVE 1 2 3 NORMAL NORMAL 1 2 3 Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 1 2 3 Page D 14 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Test Color COL Clarity CLA English Nordic with PLUS System set to ON CLINITEK 500 LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORANGE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN LT BLUE BLUE DK BLUE CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt g
192. ervice Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 4 Detailed Troubleshooting and Testing 7 4 0 Introduction The following section describes how to troubleshoot key subassemblies of the CLINITEK 500 instrument to determine if they are operating properly Caution Except where otherwise specifically requested always power off and unplug the instrument when servicing When ever working on the instrument with the cover off the standard Electro Static Discharge ESD precautions should be followed When ever handling the Preamp PCBs A D PCB or Lamps clean white cotton gloves must be worn 7 4 1 Pre amp PCB Equipment required Instrument Test Card SR00081C Digital volt meter Display service test fixture 71647014 Procedure 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 2 Reconnect the display using the Display Test Fixture 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation during servicing 4 Manually position the readhead over the calibration chip 5 Using the lamp ON OFF test in the Instrument Test Card Refer to section 7 3 5 1 turn the lamp ON Preamp 93408576 REV Figure 7 4 1 Use a DVM to measure the outputs of the four channels of the pre amp A convenient location to measure these are at connector P1 and P2 on the A D PCB Refer to figure 7 4 1 Place the ground lead on the power supply chassis and me
193. f data is transmitted if another prompt is received the same set of data is retransmitted Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 1 APPENDIX Computer Port Connections Serial RS 232 Pin Signal Name Function Signal Source chas gnd protective ground N A TXD transmitted data CLINITEK 200 RXD received data computer note 1 RTS request to send CLINITEK 200 note 2 CTS clear to send computer note 3 DSR data set ready computer note 4 sig gnd signal ground N A DTR data terminal ready CLINITEK 200 note 5 All other pins are unused NOTES 1 Received data Used only to input control characters for handshake 2 Requestto send This output indicates to the computer that it may send a control character 3 Clearto send This input is checked before sending each character and if high ie positive the next character is sent If not supplied by the computer pin 5 must be jumpered to pin 20 4 Data set ready The computer must raise this line apply a positive voltage whenever it is ready to receive data If not supplied by the computer pin 6 must be jumpered to pin 20 5 Data terminal ready This output is high positive when the instrument is on 6 RS 232 signal lines not shown above are NOT implemented Data Set Information e Each data set consists of 246 characters 248 characters if the Computer Checksum option is set to ON A data set contains the results for one test strip
194. for and reported only during a run Refer to table 7 2 2 1 Refer to section 7 3 Trouble shooting guide for corrective actions Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 25 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 2 2 1 General Errors ROM Checksum Error 21 If the calculated checksum for the ROM does not equal 0 then this error is set Table Movement Error 23 The table sensor is checked for no sensor at 2 5 seconds into the cycle when the table flag should not interrupt the optical sensor and again after 3 0 seconds in the cycle for sensor present when the table flag should interrupt the optical sensor If either condition fails the error is set Push Bar Movement error 24 The push bar sensor is checked for no sensor at about 2 5 seconds in the cycle if the Push Bar was to move and again at about 3 8 seconds when it should be at the sensor If either condition fails the error is set Readhead Scan Movement Error 25 This error is set in RUN during readhead position initialization when the readhead is not positioned on the cal chip as it should be Table Not In Place 26 The table sensor is not activated Holddowns Not In Place 27 When a strip is read at the first readhead the reflectance between pads 10 and 11 is checked this is actually between the tip of the strip and the calibration chip If no reflectance reading is below 40 the error condition is set With the hold d
195. ftware Installation A 1 1 Hardware Requirements The following is a listing of Hardware Requirements PC configured as follows Processor 486 66Mhz minimum requirement RAM Memory recommend 16 Meg 8 Meg minimum An available serial port Hard Drive with 20 free space CD ROM drive 3 5 inch Floppy disk drive Operating system Windows 3 11 or Windows 95 Null modem serial cable CLINITEK 500 Service fixture part number 40453255 A 1 2Software Installation Guide A 1 2 1 Windows 3 1 installation 1 Turn the PC on and allow it to run its normal start up sequence 2 Insert the CD Disk containing the data collection software into the CD ROM drive 3 Select the File and then Select Run from the drop down menu that will appear 4 From the Run option select Browse and select the drive letter appropriate for the CD ROM drive Choose the Setup exe file from the choices displayed and enter O K 5 Enter O K to Run Setup exe At this point the software will create a directory self install the programs 6 After the program has been installed onto the hard drive the limits files will need to be copied into the same directory as the program Once this has been completed the program will be ready to be used Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page A 1 APPENDIX A A 1 2 2 Windows 95 installation 1 Turn the PC on and allow it to run its normal start up sequence Insert the CD Disk containing the data collection softwa
196. g Table section 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Move the Readhead to the front of the instrument Rotate the Crank Arm so that it points to the right side of the instrument This will also move the Slider Arm to the right Note Refer to the Baseplate Assembly in the illustrated parts break down 9 10 11 13 Remove the Phillips screwdriver head screw which holds the Shaft in place Slide the shaft to the left Tilt the Slide Arm forward to clear the Strip Detector assembly and lift up This will remove the Slide Arm from the instrument Loosen the set screw now located at the 12 O clock position with the short arm of a 050 inch Hex wrench Pull the Crank Arm off the Push Arm Drive Motor Shaft Assembly 14 Push the Crank Arm onto the Push Arm Drive Motor shaft Align the flat spot of the Crank Arm with the flat spot of the motor shaft Align front of motor shaft with front of Crank Arm Tighten setscrew Rev 1199H 17 18 REPAIR REPLACEMENT Position the Slider Arm so that it engages the Guide Rail on the Baseplate and that the Shaft is aligned with its hole Slide the Shaft through the Slider Arm and into its support on the Motor Casting Install the lock washer and Phillips screwdriver head screw to secure the Shaft in place Tighten the screw to 8 inch pounds of torque Note Grease is to be applied to the shaft Reference section 5 for greasing s
197. g dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity SG NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT TRACE LYSED SMALL MODERATE Blood BLO Protein PRO NEGATIVE TRACE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Urobilinogen URO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required no conversion required no conversion required NEGATIVE 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE NEGATIVE TRACE 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE SMALL MODERATE NEGATIVE TRACE 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Page D 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D English Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity CLA NEGATIVE TRACE SMALL MODERATE LARGE LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORAN
198. gently set the Baseplate Mechanism Assembly into position Note Before setting assembly in place secure the wires and cables so as not to be in the way 14 Install the three M4x12 Phillips screwdriver head screws One at each front corner and one in middle of Mounting Plate 15 Connect the optical sensors and motors 16 Fixed Table Sensor P10 to The Mother PCB 17 Crank Arm Sensor P9 to The Mother PCB 18 Push Arm Motor P14 to The Mother PCB Page 9 26 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36 37 38 39 40 Readhead Drive Motor P15 to The Mother PCB Moving table Motor P13 to The Mother PCB Moving Table Sensor P11 to The Mother PCB Plug in the Strip Detector cable into the Mother PCB Set Electronics Bracket in place Connect the main power ground wire to the bracket next to the main power in Connect the main power cable to The Power Supply Connect the Power Supply connector J12 to connector P12 on The Mother PCB Tighten two screws on right side One screw is at the right rear of the bracket next to the main power plug The second screw is located next to the Power Supply on the inside Install the Phillips screwdriver head screw on the grounding strap at lower front of The Power Supply From the rear of the instrument Install the one screw on left side securing the bracket
199. gramming is complete turn the power off remove the Instrument Test Card disconnect the power cord and reconnect the Strip Detector Cable J6 Disassembly 1 2 3 4 e Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed and Moving Tables section 9 5 and 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Position the instrument so that the back is facing you Locate the SIMM PCB at the right side of the PCB CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 11 Rev 1199H RE 8 9 10 PAIR REPLACEMENT The SIMM PCB is plugged into a vertical holder At the top and bottom of the SIMM PCB Holder there is a metal clip that secures the PCB QU 4 22227 E E IM tervtrep de H K 5 2 hic k 2 m UM 3 FTT Push the metal clips to disengage the SIMM PCB Asthe clips are pushed the PCB will move outward Grip the SIMM PCB by the edges and remove it from the holder Assembly 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 Insert the SIMM PCB 45 degree angle Plug the SIMM PCB into the holder Push the SIMM PCB gently into position until the metal clips secure the PCB Install the Upper Case section 9 7 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables section 9 6 and 9 5 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Install the
200. gt Urobilinogen UBG 3 2 umol L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L no conversion required 33 umol L 66 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L gt 131 umol L POSITIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 13 APPENDIX French Conventional Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card G40100 French Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone CET Specific Gravity DEN Blood SNG Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIF TRACES 2 5 g L 5 0 g L 2210 0 g L NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACES 0 15 g L 0 4 g L gt 0 8 g L NEGATIF TRACES INTACT TRACES LYSE env 25 GR uL env 80 GR uL env 200 GR uL NEGATIF TRACES 0 3 g L 1 0 g L 223 0 g L 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
201. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE NEGATIVE TRACE NORMAL NORMAL POSITIVE Rev 1199H APPENDIX C English Nordic with PLUS System set to OFF CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 gt
202. gt gt ENV 80 GR uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 200 GR uL no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 5 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 3 g L 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 g L 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 3 0 g L Urobilinogen URO 3 2 umol L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L no conversion required 33 umol L 66 umol L 66 umol L 2 131 umol L 2 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Leukocytes LEU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 15 LEU uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 70 LEU uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 125 LEU uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ENV 500 LEU uL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 19 APPENDIX German Conventional Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card F40100 German Conventional with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood OBL Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIV 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIV SPUR 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL 0 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 10 Ery uL Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL Ca 200 Ery uL NEGATIV SPUR
203. gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen URO 0 2 E U dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SMALL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MODERATE 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LARGE Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 7 APPENDIX English Nordic Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card C40101 English Nordic with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU NEGATIVE 1 2 3 4 Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE 1 2 3 Ketone KET NEGATIVE 1 2 3 4 Specific Gravity SG Blood BLD NEGATIVE INTACT 1 Protein PRO NEGATIVE 1 2 3 Urobilinogen UBG 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required POSITIVE Page C 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
204. gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIVO BAJO MODERADO ALTO NEGATIVO INDICIO 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVO Apr 10 eri uL Apr 10 eri uL Apr 25 eri uL Apr 80 eri uL Apr 200 eri uL NEGATIVO INDICIO 30 mg dL 100 mg dL gt 300 mg dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVO no conversion required NEGATIVO POSITIVO POSITIVO Page D 44 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H Leukocytes LEU Color COL Clarity ASP Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Spanish with PLUS system set to OFF CLINITEK 500 NEGATIVO Apr 15 Leu uL Apr 70 Leu uL Apr 125 Leu uL Apr 500 Leu uL CL AMARILLO AMARILLO OSC AMARILLO CL NARANJA NARANJA OSC NARANJA CL ROJO ROJO OSC ROJO CL VERDE VERDE OSC VERDE CL AZUL AZUL OSC AZUL CL MARRON MARRON OSC MARRON gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Color gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
205. gt gt gt gt gt Bilirubin BIL 1 2 no conversion required 3 Ketone KET 1 no conversion required 2 3 Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OB gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen URO 0 1 E U dL 0 1 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL GNE eee NM Leukocytes WBC no conversion required 1 2 3 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 31 APPENDIX Spanish Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card D40100 Spanish with PLUS system set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone CET Specific Gravity DEN Blood SAN Protein PRO Urobilinogen URO NEGATIVO 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL gt 1000 mg dL NEGATIVO BAJO MODERADO ALTO NEGATIVO INDICIOS 15 mg dL 40 mg dL gt 80 mg dL NEGATIVO IND INT
206. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 125 cel uL Apr 500 Leu uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 500 cel uL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 33 APPENDIX Support for CLINITEK 200 Program Card D40100 Spanish with PLUS system set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 250 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 500 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt BAJO 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MODERADO 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ALTO Ketone CET NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO INDICIOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt INDICIOS 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 15 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 40 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity DEN no conversion required Blood SAN NEGATIVO gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVO IND INTACTOS gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 10 ERI uL IND HEMOLIZ gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 10 ERI uL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Apro 25 ERI uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
207. gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL env 125 GB uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL env 500 GB uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 15 APPENDIX Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 640100 French Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 250 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 500 mg dL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1000 mg dL Bilirubin BIL NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt FAIBLE 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt MOYEN 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt FORT Ketone CET NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 15 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 40 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity DEN no conversion required Blood SNG NEGATIF gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIF TRACES INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE TRACES LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt FAIBLE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt
208. gt 65 at one area but lt 65 in the other area this error is set RH 1 RH 2 Reflectance gt 100 1000 0010 The reflectance for any pad on the strip measures more than 10096 This may be due to a bad calibration value RH 1 RH 2 2000 NA If the strip type is set to Japan Auto Strip then the strip type being used is determined by checking for the GLU pad reflectance lt 55 at one of the two positions for the two supported strip types MULTISTIX 10 SG and URO HEMACOMBISTIX SG L If neither of these were 559 this error is set This error code is also reported when a test RUN has commenced with one reagent strip type and a different reagent strip type is detected during the RUN Although the CT500 supports the auto detection of the MULTISTIX 10 SG reagent strip and the URO HEMACONBISTIX SG L reagent strip the CT500 does not supporting mixing these strip types during a RUN A RUN may only consist of one reagent strip type Auto Strip Type error RH 1 RH 2 Result Data Integrity NA 0030 The integrity of the results data can not be guaranteed The checksum sent by Processor 2 did not match the checksum calculated by Processor 1 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 29 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 7 30 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 Explanation of Instrument Test Card 7 3
209. haft 19 20 21 22 23 24 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Install the Moving Table section 9 6 Install the Fixed Table section 9 5 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 23 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 19 Baseplate Mechanism Dis Assembly Tools required Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver Torque Driver Di mbl 1 2 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Moving Table section 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Remove the five M4x12 Phillips screwdriver head screws one at each corner and one in middle of Mounting Plate Note Two screws in the left and right rear corners go through grounding straps Page 9 24 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 7 Disconnect the two Strip Detector Flex Cables one from the Processor PCB and one from The Mother PCB 8 Disconnect the Pre amp A D Flex Cable from Processor PCB Hint Better access to the connectors on the Mother PCB is obtained by moving the Baseplate Assembly slightly forward of its mounting position for the disconnection and connection of the cables 9 Disconnect the optical sensors and motors g Fixed Table Sensor P10
210. he Electronics Bracket section 9 12 ON Ur S G Nw Disconnect the power cable from connector CN5 12 1 2 SW3 SW2 SW1 9 Disconnect the Cable from connector CN1 10 Disconnect the printer extension cable from connector CN4a 11 Remove the four Phillips screwdriver head screws holding the Interface PCB to the Electronics bracket Assembly 13 Install the new interface PCB assembly to the electronics bracket assembly and secure with Page 9 28 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual the four Phillips screwdriver head screws Tighten the screws to a torque of 5 inch pounds 14 Reconnect the following cables Power cable to connector CN5 Jumper cable to connector CN1 and the printer extension cable to connector CN4a NOTE When the PCB is installed on the electronics bracket the ON position of the DIP switchs is in the Down position The switch settings are as follows 1 On 0 Switch position 12345678 SW1 11110011 SW2 00000000 SW3 1110 15 Install the Electronics Bracket assembly section 9 12 16 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 17 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 18 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 19 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 20 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 6and 9 5 Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 29 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 30 CLINITEK 500 Rev 1199G ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN
211. heads move back and forth If hitting carefully loosen the screw holding the PREAMP lift up on the rear end of the PCB and retighten screw Check that Flex cable is fully seated in connector J7 on Main PCB Insure that flex cables are fully seated in the connectors on the Preamp PCB s and that the lamp cables are locked in place on the A D PCB Verify that the lamps operate replace if necessary Refer to section 7 3 5 1 9 15 Test Preamp operation by positioning readheads over cal chips and obtaining A D counts Refer to section 7 3 5 2 Replace Preamp Refer to section 9 16 2 Check stepper motor drive circuits for proper operation Refer to section 7 4 3 4 Use instrument test card to cycle motors Refer to section 7 3 3 2 and 7 3 6 Replace Mother PCB if defective Refer to section 9 13 Page 7 14 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 26 Fixed Table is Install the table and platform Inspect Drive Housing and missing or not if missing see Section 5 Fixed Table Guides for wear installed properly Daily Cleaning If already or damage Replace as installed carefully push in on necessary Refer to section the sides of the platform to 9 5 9 6 9 8 9 9 9 18 make sure it is fully engaged If the error Verify that all conn
212. his key allows the time to be set Clear Memory If this selection is chosen the following display will appear Clear all results from the CLINITEK memory Are you sure Reset System Memory Setup sub menu Clear Memory Screen Yes If this is selected all test results stored in the System are purged Reset System Memory If selected the fixed memory locations are reset to default values This must be performed after using the instrument Test Card before installing the customer card Printer This key toggles the internal printer on or off The default setting is ON Strip Type This option allows the user to select what type of reagent strip will be used MULTISTIX 10 SG is the default strip 7 3 3 Instrument Tests The diagnostic tests provided by the Instrument Test Card are grouped in 4 levels or sub menus Each level of test is displayed as a separate menu on the display e Level 1 tests all complete subsystem tests e Level 2 tests are interface tests e Level 3 tests are all related to data collection e Level 4 tests operations which are specific to processor 1 Instrument Tests Level 1 INSTRUMENT RELEASE TEST EXERCISE ALL MOTIONS SENSOR STATUS SETUP STRIP CENTERING REBOOT e STRIP WALK TEST SYSTEM LEVEL 2 TESTS le Let Led Le Instrument Test Level 1 Screen Page 7 34 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H
213. i mbl 1 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 5 2 Place the Bezel Assembly face down ona work surface Disconnect the Touch Screen flex cable from the Display Interface PCB 3 Remove the 4 Phillips screwdriver screws that secure the Display Touch Screen assembly to the Bezel 4 Remove the Display Touch Screen assembly 5 Separate the Touch Screen from the Display Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT Assembly 6 Clean the Display off 7 Remove the protective backing from the new Touch Screen and position into the Bezel 8 Position the Display into the Bezel and install the Display mounting bracket Tighten the 4 Phillips screwdriver screws to a torque of 7 inch pounds 9 Reconnect the Touch Screen flex cable to the Display Interface PCB 10 Assemble the Bezel Assembly into the Upper Case section 9 4 11 Install the Instrument Test Card and verify operation of the Display and Touch Screen sections 7 3 4 3 and 7 3 4 5 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 27 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 22 Internal Printer Interface PCB Dis Assembly Tools required e 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver Torque Driver Instrument Test Card mbl Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Moving Table section 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Remove t
214. il either test an error condition occurs the step count is set to 00 and error code 34 is set The steps from each readhead are then averaged stored and sent to processor 1 to be stored in permanent memory Whenever processor 2 is reprogrammed the cal factors message is sent to processor 2 which includes the centering steps as the first 2 digits sent shown as AA in the strip centering screen During operation the centering steps are used to position the table so that a strip is centered under each of the readheads To accomplish this the drive mechanism advances the reagent strip a fixed number of motor steps equal to the strip centering number past the home position sensor activation point NOTE BBBB can have the vallue of PASS or FAIL 7 3 3 5 Key is on the right side of the display on instrument test screen level 1 Reboot System The Reboot System function will send an lt 5 gt to processor 2 that starts the program at the power ON function Then processor 1 goes to the initialization program This allows re initialization without turning power off and on Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 37 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 3 6 Strip Walk Test Equipment Required Normal hold down 10 MULTISTIX 10SG reagent strips When this test is selected the instrument prompts the user to prepare to load 10 Dry strips one at a time on to the load zone of the fixe
215. ing and Weekly Cleaning Moving Table is not Remove the Fixed Table and installed check for the presence of the Moving Table If missing install Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 17 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Error Displayed Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error 29 Calibration bar error Turn the instrument power off then remove the Fixed Table see Section 5 Daily Cleaning and inspect the calibration bars for damage or misalignment Clean the platform and calibration bars and reinstall the platform Turn the power back on Refer to section 7 2 2 1 Make sure that the customer has installed the fixed table completely to the stops Cycle instrument power on off three times ignoring any errors reported prior to the 3 cycle Check for damage to the Fixed Table cal chips Use the instrument test card to verify stepper motor drive operation for readhead carrier and that carrier is moving with the belt Refer to section 7 4 3 4 7 3 6 Remove upper case and verify that all connectors signal and lamp on the readhead and A D PCB are fully seated Verify that the lamps turn on Use instrument test card to verify operation of Pre amps and A D PCB Refer to section 7 3 5 1 7 3 5 3 7 4 1 and 7 4 2 Error 30 Instrument mechanical error Readhead alignment error Contact your Bayer Custo
216. internal printer If both the internal printer and a Form printer are set to ON new test results edited test results and recalled test results are printed on the Form printer Internal Printer Format Although the number of lines between each result set is operator selectable for patient results there are always two lines between Control results Form Printer Format line 1 AAAAA BBBBBBBB CCCCCCC line 2 Tech ID DDD line 3 ID EEEEEEEEEEEEE line 4 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 5 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 6 IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 7 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 8 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 9 IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 10 IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 11 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 12 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 13 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 14 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 15 FGHHH IIIIIIIIIIIIIII line 16 JJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJJ Page E 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX E Variable Field Descriptions Represents the Sequence Number Represents the date of the test The date is displayed in the date format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the time of the test The time is displayed in the time format set on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 Represents the Tech ID If the Tech ID option is set to OFF Screen Protected Setup 7 8 not printed Represents the ID If the Sample IDs option is set to OFF on Screen
217. is BBBBBB Reprogram Processor 2 AAAAA Represents the version o processor 2 software being used by the instrument BBBBB Represents the version of processor 2 software on the PCMCIA card Page 7 32 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 1 Self Checks After the system has checked that both processors are using the same software version the instrument performs the following self checks Performing the Self Check Software version ROM check BBBBBBBBB XRAM check CCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCCC Homing hardware check DDDDDDDDD Self Check Screen Software Version Displays the version of software runing in processor 1 and in processor 2 ROM checksum test The ROM of processor 1 is checked for a predetermined checksum If the expected checksum value is not found a message will be shown on the screen XRAM test for data corruption XRAM memory is checked for a predetermined checksum value If that value is not found then a FAIL message is displayed on the screen Hardware homing test The moving table blotter and readhead are homed by processor 1 If any of these functions result in an error generation then a FAIL message is displayed on the screen with the appropriate two digit error code 7 3 2 Ready Screen Once all of the self checks are completed w
218. is shows the A D converter RAW counts read from viewing whatever the readhead are positioned over All eight channels of A D readings are printed out on the internal printer and sent to the computer port An example of the printout is located at the top of the next column CHANNEL A D COUNTS RED GREEN BLUE NOMINAL D1 0200 0185 0200 0193 D2 0205 0188 0188 0200 STEPS IN D1 0200 0186 0200 0200 D2 0205 0187 0190 0200 STEPS OUT D1 0200 0186 0202 0200 D2 0205 0188 0189 0203 R R 4 R R 4 R R Sample Read A D print out The limits for the A D counts are listed below off as desired It is useful when used in Readhead channel Lamp on Lamp off conjunction with other tests to determine specific 1 IR 800 2046 1 400 information about the readhead Pre amps and 1 RED 800 2046 1 400 A D PCB 1 GREEN 800 2046 1 400 1 BLUE 800 2046 1 400 2 IR 800 2046 1 400 2 RED 800 2046 1 400 2 GREEN 800 2046 1 400 2 BLUE 800 2046 1 400 AJD Limits Page 7 42 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 5 3 Test Readheads When this test is selected the readheads are homed on the cal chip using readhead 1 Readings as A D converter counts for the cal chip and the dark values for all 8 channels are printed Additionally the readhead 2 cal chip edge correction value is also measured and printed This indicate
219. ithout failure the instrument will display the ready screen Use AAAAAAAAAAAAAAAA Place Strip I SEQUENCE BBBBB jej PRINT SETUP isi SETUP 21 INSTRUMENT TEST Ready Screen When the instrument is displaying this screen it is ready to detect a test strip and process it as in the customer mode The difference being that instrument is always in Test Mode 1 which outputs reflectance and decode data for the results Set the sequence number This displays the sequence number entry screen and allows the sequence number to be set The present sequence number is displayed with a cursor under the first digit The number entry keys are active and when the ENTER key is pushed the number is accepted and returns to the READY screen A reset key provides means of resetting the sequence number to 00001 Print Setup This prints the current setup for the instrument using the internal thermal printer Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 33 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Setup Selecting this option presents a new screen that displays the functions that can be set SELECT ITEM TO SPECIFY ITS OPTION als Set the Date AA BB CC M D Y Set the Time DD EE 24 hr Clear Memory Printer FFF OL DEO OON Strip Type GGGGGGGGGGGGGGGGG Setup sub menu Set the Date This selection allows the date to be set Set the Time Selecting t
220. kb 2 2 le le ie o je je je jo EEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEEE Altered Ranges Adjust Test Screen Altered Ranges Select Test Screen 6 Ranges can be altered ONLY if the Use defaults key is toggled to ON IMPORTANT 5 Touch the key next to the test to be e Increasing the limit by using the 26 key will altered decrease the instrument s sensitivity The display will change to show the For example increasing the NEGATIVE clinical level such as Negative Trace decodes for BLO blood will reduce the 100 mg dL 250 mg dL 500 mg dL and number of trace blood urines zc s e Decreasing the limit using the key will The fields CCCC indicate the upper limit increase the instrument s sensitivity for the specific clinical level 7 Use the up or down arrow key to select a level Then use use the and keys to change the range 8 After completing all desired clinical range adjustments press the Return to Ready Run key to save the changes to the configuration Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page F 3 APPENDIX F This Page is Intentionally Blank Page F 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H
221. l L NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACES 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIF TRACES INTACT TRACES LYSED FAIBLE NEGATIF TRACES 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L no conversion required no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required NEGATIF 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIF FAIBLE MOYEN FORT NEGATIF TRACE 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIF TRACE TRACE FAIBLE NEGATIF TRACE 0 3 g L 1 0 g L gt 3 0 g L 3 2 umol L 16 umol L 33 umol L 66 umol L gt 131 umol L Nitrite NIT NEGATIF no conversion required NEGATIF POSITIF POSITIF Page D 24 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D French S I with PLUS system set to OFF
222. llips screwdriver screws that secure it to the Bracket accomplishes this 9 Remove the Strip Detector Assembly Assembly 10 Install the Strip Detector Assembly with the flex cable at the bottom of strip The bracket must fit in to the ledge on the casting Note The Strip Detector Housing Assembly black piece covering detectors is keyed at one end 11 Install the two Phillips screwdriver head screws holding the Strip Detector Bracket to the casting 12 Connect the 5 pin flex cable P8 on the Mother PCB Note For ease of connecting other cables connect the 5 pin flex cable first 13 Connect the 12 pin flex cable to J6 on the Processor PCB 14 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 15 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 16 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 6 and 9 5 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 17 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 17 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 18 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 9 15 Lamp Assembly Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Cotton gloves Di 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 5 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 6 Disconnect P4 right Lamp Assembly or P5 left Lamp Assembly from the Pre amp A D PC Assembly
223. lso describes what special fixtures are required and how to use them ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS Section nc pd eh 8 0 8 1 8 2 ee 8 3 8 4 8 4 1 8 4 2 8 5 posu a sansa sassa 8 6 Caution Except where otherwise specifically requested always power off and unplug the instrument when servicing Whenever working on the instrument with the cover off the standard Electrostatic Discharge ESD precautions should be followed Whenever handling the Preamp PCBs A D PCB or Lamps clean white cotton gloves must be worn Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 8 1 ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS 8 1 Voltage adjustments Tools e 2 Philips head screwdriver e Potentiometer adjustment tool or small standard blade screwdriver Voltmeter f 12 VDC ND 5 VDC e Display Test Stand Fixture p n 71647014 Procedure 1 Only the 5 volt power supply output is adjustable Potentiometer VR1 is used to adjust this voltage Remove the upper case of the instrument section 9 8 2 Install the Display Test Stand Fixture PN 71647014 which holds the Display assembly and reconnect the Display Assembly to the Main PCB 3 Measure the output voltage of supply V1 Terminal 1 of TB2 which is the positive output and terminal 4 of TB2 which is DC Ground Refer to figure 8 1 4 The nominal output voltage should be 5 volts DC Range from 4
224. ly toward the rear of the instrument for the front screw and to the front for the rear screws 7 Disconnect the cable coming from the table sensor going to the Mother PCB connector P11 8 Remove the Table Guide The Table Sensor cable must be guided through its hole in the Table Guide Assembly 9 Feed the Table Sensor cable through the pass through hole in the Table Guide Position the Table Guide on the Baseplate using the pins on the Table guide 10 Reconnect the Table Sensor cable to connector P11 on the Mother PCB 11 Secure the Table Guide to the Mounting Plate two screws on left side and one on right 12 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 13 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 14 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables section 9 5 and 9 6 Page 9 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 15 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 16 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 Rev 1199H 9 10 Power Supply Dis Assembly Tools required e 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Torque Driver Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT Di mbli 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Disconnect the Power Supply cable which goes to the Mother PCB P6 to J6 on the top left side of the Processor PCB 7 Remov
225. mer Service office Refer to section 7 2 2 1 Make sure that the customer has installed the fixed table completely to the stops Error 30 check alignment of readheads Refer to section 8 2 Check for proper operation of Pre amps amp A D PCB s Reference 7 3 5 3 Page 7 18 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 31 Instrument Contact your Bayer Refer to section 7 2 2 1 mechanical error Customer Service office Make sure that the customer has installed the fixed table Strip Detector Set completely to the stops Up Error Error 31 verify strip detector operation Reference 7 3 4 4 Error 34 Instrument Contact your Bayer Refer to section 7 2 2 1 mechanical error Customer Service office Make sure that the customer Strip Centering Error has installed the fixed table instrument factor completely to the stops error Perform strip centering test Reference 7 3 3 4 Error 40 Not an assigned error Verify that the proper Communications error for the customer software is installed between processor 1 and software processor 2 Replace processor 1 see Section 9 11 1 Replace MAIN PCB see section 9 11 Error 50 Printer Error Check that your external Re verify proper installation printer is turned on and is of interface cable on lin
226. move the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Rev 1199H 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Remove the Fixed and Moving Tables section 9 5 and 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 7 Up Disconnect P4 right Lamp Assembly amp P5 left Lamp Assembly from the Pre amp A D PC Assembly Both lamps have a plastic securing arm To remove the lamp gently pull locking arm away from lamp until the lamp clears the arm Remove the lamps Disconnect the flex cable from J2 on the Processor PCB Disconnect the flex cables from the left and right Pre amp PCB Lifting the outer housing of the ZIF connector will unlock it allowing the flex cable to be removed Remove the two screws securing the Pre amp A D Interconnect PCB to Readhead Also remove the cable and foam from the securing clip on the electronics bracket Assembly 12 13 Set Pre amp A D on top of Readhead Carrier Assembly and align the screw holes Install the two screws securing the Pre amp A D to Readhead Carrier Assembly and tighten to a torque of 7 inch pounds Connect the 12 pin flex cable to J2 on Processor PCB and re rout the cable neatly through the cable clip Install the Lamp Assembly s section 9 15 Rev 1199H 17 18 19 20 21 REPAIR REPLACEMENT Connect the lamp connectors P4 and P5 to Pre amp A D Interconnect
227. mptom or Error Displayed Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Push bar does not move to the right after a strip is placed onto the platform Other strips are being moved along the platform Strip Detector problem Allow up to 7 seconds to elapse before movement of the push bar The time lapse depends upon the timing cycle for movement of the strips across the platform From the Ready Run screen and with the run complete turn the instrument power off wait several seconds then turn it back on If the problem continues contact your Bayer Customer Service office Verify that the Strip Detector LEDs are turning on Verify that the customer s system is in the Ready Run state Check that the cable from the push arm motor is seated into connector P14 on the mother PCB Use the instrument test card to check operation Refer to section 7 3 6 3 Verify strip detector operation Refer to section7 3 4 4 Verify that the strip detector has correct voltages Refer to section 7 4 3 2 Replace the strip detector Refer to section 9 14 Trouble shoot the MAIN PCB for a broken trace and replace if necessary Refer to section 7 4 6 Page 7 4 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Error Displayed Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Push bar does not move
228. nds when the Push Bar is at the left most position one of the LED s is pulsed ON for about 16 microseconds The five strip detectors LED s are turned ON one at a time sequentially from the timer interrupt routine The LED s are disabled during the time the Push Bar is moving or located at the right side Light reflected back by the presence of a strip is picked up by an associated detector and triggers a level sensitive circuit connected to an input port on the processor Each detector has two detection level setting circuits associated with it one for each of the two LED s with which it operates The detection levels are calibrated only when the instrument power is turned on when no strip is on the table The fixed table needs to be in place when the instrument is powered on for proper detector calibration For each of the 8 detector LED pairs the detection level count is found where light from the table just causes detection Then the setting is increased by a percentage of the count for low level signals and for high level signal it adds a constant so that a strip is necessary to cause detection When the strip detector setup is printed out using the Instrument test card Refer to section 7 3 4 4 the printout will show the detector calibration values for both of its LEDs Example of Strip Detector Set up print out LIDI L2D1 L2D2 L3D2 L3D3 403 L4D4 L5D5 15 5 Notice that L5D5 is printed twice The se
229. ng Table 10 Secure the Table Guide to the Mounting Plate sections 9 5 and 9 6 two screws on left side and one on right Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 11 Connect the optical sensor connector to P10 R he th Philli the Mother PCB The sensor wire should emove the three Phillips screwdriver head go between the Push Bar Rail Support and screws that secure the Table Guide to the Push Bar Slide Secure the wires with the Mounting Plate two on left side one on right two plastic clips Check that there is no side interference with the Push Bar 12 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 13 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 14 Install the Moving and Fixed Table sections 9 5 and 9 6 15 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 16 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 7 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 9 Table Guide Right Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver Di 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 3 Remove the Printer Module section 9 4 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 5 4 Remove the Fixed and Moving Tables section 9 6 and 9 7 Remove the Upper Case section 9 8 Remove the three Phillips screwdriver head screws that secure the Table Guide to the Mounting Plate two on left side one on right side Note To gain access to these screws move the Readhead Carrier Assemb
230. nted Pin8 Received line Signal Detector Pin 22 Ring Indicator line Instrument ID Message Information e instrument ID message is output to the serial port when an lt ENQ gt 05H control character is received followed by a DCI or lt DC2 gt An STX is output as the first character of the ID message e the Computer Checksum option is set to ON a checksum of all bytes sent between the STX and ETX is obtained and truncated to 8 bits This is sent as two hexadecimal digits O thru F the most significant four bits first These two ASCII characters are sent preceding the ETX e An ETX is output as the last character of the ID message Page D 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D Example stxcrlf 3 characters IDeAA AAeBB BB BBcrlf 17 characters and crlf CT200 00002 04crlf 14 characters and crlf CCECCCCCECCECECECCCCEcrlft 20 characters and crlf DDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDDcrlf 20 characters and crlf etx 1 character OR cklck2etx 3 characters Variables Represents the line feed character OAH J AA AA Represents the time in 24 hour format BB BB Represents the date The date is formatted in the format selected on Screen Protected Setup 2 8 D _ Represents the test as selected on Screen Unprotedted Setup 0 0 Language Unit Selection Conversion Chart Language English Units Conventional ENGLISHe eeCONV Language Kanji ENGLISHe ee Language
231. nternal printer Internal printer is set to OFF No paper installed in printer Paper installed backwards or incorrect paper beiing used Loose electrical connection to the printer Defective printer Set the internal printer to ON through the Setup Routine Refer to section 3 Step A 4 Install a new roll of paper as instructed in Section 5 Periodic Maintenance Remove the paper and install per the direction of the Operating Manual Use only Bayer thermal printer paper Carefully remove and reinstall the interface cable to the printer See section 7 Printer Replacement steps 4 5 Run the printer test see Section 3 Step J 2f Contact your Bayer Customer Service office if it does not print correctly Verify that all cables are properly seated Verify that the internal printer has power Refer to section 7 4 3 3 Perform printer tests using the instrument test card on both internal and external printers Refer to section 7 3 4 2 Clean internal printer drive mechanism with isopropyl alcohol and cotton tip applicator or equivalent Refer to section 8 4 Replace internal printer Refer to section 9 3 Replace printer driver PCB Main PCB Refer to section 9 11 Mother PCB Refer to section 9 13 Page 7 6 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause C
232. nual Page 10 11 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN ALL DIMENSIONS ARE JN INCHES TEM TEM NO WIRE COLOR VOLTASE 3 TABLE ASSEMBLY 100 TESTED FOR DPENS AND SHORTS VENDOR TD CERTIFY TESTING DK BLUE er Power Supply Cable Assembly 40453218 Page 10 12 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN NG 5 NG 1 POS NUMBER WIRE COLOR pos NUMBER 7 ad 2_ POSITION NO 1 POSITION ND 1 ALL GIMENS GNS ARE INCHES Cable Assembly Printer Power 40453219 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 13 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN 3 POSITIGN 0 1 T pem Same OPTICAL INTERRUPTER CONNECTOR POSITION WIRE COLOR NUMBER WHITE ALL DIMENSIONS ARE JN INCHES GREEN Optical Interrupter Assembly 40453221 Page 10 14 CLINTEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN THIS END WILL SNAP FIT INTO NOTCH AFTER INSERTING OTHER END FIXED TABLE ASSEMBLY AND HOLDDOWN 95002367 Find Number Description Part number 1 Holddown 50210070 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 10 15 ILLUSTRATED PARTS BREAKDOWN E COMES OY wily 6 44 PSC inc LVC0002206FF01 Je SPLIT FERRITE with CREY PLASTIC On CASE NC 12842024 DA1 WOTES WHESS OTwERwISE SPECIFICO MUST PA
233. o OFF CLINITEK 500 CLINITEK 200 0 Leu uL Ca 15 Leu uL Ca 70 Leu uL Ca 125 Leu uL Ca 500 Leu uL ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Klarheit no conversion required KLAR FLOCKIG S FLOCKIG TRUEB ANDERS APPENDIX D Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 29 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 Program F4 German Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU no conversion required Bilirubin BIL NEGATIV NEGATIV 1 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Ketone KET NEGATIV NEGATIV SPUR SPUR 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OBL NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV SPUR ZELLEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR SPUR LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIV NEGATIV SPUR SPUR 1 no conversion required 1 2 2 3 3 Urobilinogen UBG 0 2 mg dL 0 2 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 1 0 mg dL 2 0 mg dL no conversion required 2 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL 4 0 mg dL gt 8 0mg dL gt 8 0mg dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIV NEGATIV POSITIV no conversion required POSITIV Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE SPUR no conversion required 1 2 3 Page D 30 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual
234. o P13 Moving Table Sensor to P11 20 Install the Electronics Bracket section 9 12 21 Install the Upper Case section 9 7 22 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 23 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables section 9 5 and 9 6 24 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 25 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 Rev 1199H 9 14 Strip Detector Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Right angle Phillips screwdriver screwdriver Disassembly 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 34 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Disconnect the detector flex cable from J6 on the top left side of the Processor PCB 7 Disconnect the detector flex cable from P8 on the Mother PCB 8 Using a right angle Phillips screwdriver screwdriver remove the two Phillips screwdriver head screws holding the Strip Detector Bracket to the casting Note To gain access to the left hand detector screw remove the top securing screw from the Power Supply This allows the Power Supply to be moved to the left to gain access to the detector screw Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT Hint 8A An alternative to removing the bracket is to remove the Strip Detector PCB from the bracket Removing the two Phi
235. oblems between Processor 1 and Processor 2 are reported as system errors NOTE Special Instrument Release Test Errors Only when generated while using the Instrument Test Card 61 to 90 When the instrument release test is performed data is collected from each readhead and evaluated against ten error conditions Normally no error is found and the data is transmitted If an error is detected during evaluation one of the error codes from the table 7 2 2 1 below will be printed out on the instruments internal printer When a data set error is detected no data will be sent out the serial port to the computer that is running the Release Test Data Collection software The definitions of these errors are the same as the Table 7 2 2 1 Special Instrument Release Test Errors ERROR Generated Error Code RH1 RH2 Low Dark Value 61 81 High Dark Value 62 82 A D Converter Over 63 83 Range Low Lamp Level 64 84 Low Channel Output 65 85 Missing Strip NA 86 Upside down Dry See See Strip note 1 note 1 Misaligned Strip 68 88 Skewed Strip 69 89 Reflectance gt 100 70 90 Auto Strip Type See See Error notel note 1 Result Data NA 93 Intergrity Notes 1 These error are not checked while the instrument is performing the release test data set error described in section 7 2 2 2 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 27 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTI
236. of Process of Scanning a Strip Strip has been moved under Readhead 1 Have 12 Cycles occurred without detecting a strip under either readhead Readhead 1 finds the edge of the Cal chip then moves to chip center Read dark values for all channels Turn lamps on and calibrate all channels Scan reagent strip read all 8 channels 1488 readings taken Readheads return to cal chip position Select readings Calculations performed reflectance decode clinical levels Color calculation done date and time stored in data Wait for cycle to complete and repeat operation Figure 6 4 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 6 9 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY 6 9 CT500 has two functionally identical Readheads The heart of each Readhead is the surface mounted detector package This device has four separate channels each with its own optical filter one green one infrared one blue and one red Each of the channels has it s own photo detector output The output of the detector is passed through a two stage Pre amp and its output through connector 1 The op amps used on the Pre amp operate from a 5VDC and 5VDC power supply located on the A D PCB When the lamp in the readhead is on and it is over the calibration chip the output of each of the Pre amp channels should be approximately 4VDC With the Readhead lamp off the outputs of the pre amp channels should be approximately OVDC because
237. of the instrument the two screws on the right hand side require lock washers between the screw head and the PCB 10 Remove the three rear screws securing The Mother PCB back plate to the rear of the Lower Case g j ENSE TE R F Hint Removing the Baseplate Assembly allows for easier removal and installation of the Mother PCB 11 Carefully move the Mother PCB inward which will allow enough room for the RS232 connector and Centronics connector on the PCB to miss the outer edge of the Lower Case 12 Gently lift the rear of the PCB upward and out to remove 13 Remove the conductive gasket between the back plate of the Mother PCB and the inside back wall of the Lower Case Page 9 16 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Assembly 14 Install a new conductive gasket This goes between the rear inner Lower Case wall and the rear of the Mother PCB 15 Position the Mother PCB onto the Lower Case and insure that gasket is in proper position 16 Install the six screws securing the Mother PCB to the Lower Case 17 Install the three rear screws securing The Mother PCB back plate to the back of the Lower Case Tighten the screws to a torque of 7 inch pounds 18 Connect the Strip Detector Flex Cable to P8 on the Mother PCB 19 Connect the optical sensors and motors a Fixed Table sensor to P10 on the Mother PCB Crank Arm Sensor to P9 Push Arm Motor to P14 Readhead Drive Motor to P15 Moving Table Motor t
238. ower is on 6 Connect the Negative lead of the volt meter to connector P2 pin 20 and connect the positive lead to pins 5 16 and 17 The voltage measured on each of these pins should be 5 VDC 7 Connect the positive lead to Pin 1 its voltage should be 12 VDC 8 If the voltages are not present on the display check the connector on the Main Processor PCB for the voltages 9 If the voltage is presenton the main processor PCB then the display assembly is defective and requires replacement 7 4 6 Main Processor PCB Equipment required e Instrument Test Card SRO0081C e Digital volt meter or equivalent e Display service test fixture 71647013 e Known good display assembly Pr r In the process of testing most of the instrument functions a determination can be made if the Main Processor PCB board is operating properly Since user interface functions are controlled by processor 1 and motor control by the processor 2 it is possible to isolate problems to either the Single inline Memory Module SIMM which contains processor 1 and its associated support circuitry or the Main PCB which processor 2 is located on 1 If on power up with the program card removed there is no motor movement from Readhead moving table or blotter the SIMM module is possibly defective and requires replacement Refer to section 9 12 1 2 If when the unit is turn on the display is blank the power supply should be checked for proper output
239. owns in place the reflectance is on the order of 15 to 20 and with no hold downs it is above 80 False Strip Detect 28 If a strip is detected and verified by the strip detector but is not sensed as being present at the 1 readhead when it should be this error is set A strip is sensed as being present as follows Two areas of the strip are checked between pads 2 and 3 and between pads 9 and 10 If both areas did NOT have a reading gt 65 the false strip detect error is set Cal Chip NOT found error 29 During initialization of the readhead position either at power ON or during RUN the cal chip under readhead 1 could not be found IR reflectance lt 50 by moving IN up to 750 steps Read head Alignment error 30 The stored IR readings for each readhead are tested starting with the 1 IR reading in the read buffer which is near the cal chip center The cal chip edge is defined as the first reading below 5096 reflectance and the number of motor steps counted The postion of the cal chip edge for readhead 2 is compared to that of readhead 1 If readhead 2 varies more than 3 motor steps then this error is set NOTE During the strip read operation readings are stored beginning with position 10 10 motor steps out from the cal position and a complete set of readings is stored every four steps thereafter or every 0 01716 Strip Detector Setup error 31 When the strip detector detection level circuit i
240. r Displayed Error 56 System error Turn the instrument power General error code for off wait several seconds internal communications then turn it back on If the errors error repeats contact your Bayer Customer Service Possible defective Processor office 1 See section 9 11 1 Possible defective MAIN PCB See Section 9 11 Possible defective program card see section 9 2 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 21 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Failure Identification Flow Chart For Display and Touch Screen Problems Is display operating Is the Display Trouble shoot per service No problem correctly Blank manual Report error DT001 YES NO Cycle power and E Is character string recalibrate touch Do adjacent areas correct YES Is touch screen Are lines scrolling z Report Error responding on the screen Display Bad DT006 Report Error DT002 NO NO No problem screen around the keys respond NO Cycle power Does the problem correct Problem corrected itself Report error DT003 Report Error Cycle Power Does touch DT008 screen respond Perform the following Report Error DT007 Print out instrument set up Reset the customer settings to the Cycle power and instrument defaults Report Error recalibrate touch DT009 screen Does touch screen Perform the following Trouble shoot 1 Reset memory with Display
241. rd to gain access to P5 the 30 pin flex cable Caution When removing the Bezel only apply force to the connector Pulling on the cable itself will damage the cable assembly resulting in the loss of continuity 4 Disconnect P5 from the Processor PCB by pushing the center disconnect plastic clip on the connector header at the end of the flex cable Pull the cable connector out of the connector housing while pushing the disconnect plastic clip Note store the Bezel PCB side up to prevent damage to the cable Assembly 5 Position the Bezel front locating pins into place 6 Connect P5 the 30 pin connector to the Processor PCB NOTE Make sure that all of the pins are aligned into the connector prior to seating the connector Failure to do could cause one or more of the connector pins to become bent If a pin is bent it may be straightened If the pin should break it will require the replacement of the Main PCB 7 Rotate the Bezel backward until the rear tabs engage Page 9 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 5 Fixed Table Dis Assembly Tools required none Note Moving Table should be in home position which is Down Di mbl 1 Remove the Push Bar section 9 2 2 Grip the left side of the Fixed Table with your left thumb and index finger and the right side of the Fixed Table with your right thumb and index finger Pull forward with your thumb and index fingers while applying backward
242. re into the CD ROM drive Select the Start box and then Select Run from the drop down menu that will appear P From the Run option select Browse and select the drive letter appropriate for the CD ROM drive Choose the Setup exe file from the choices displayed and enter 5 Enter O K to Run Setup exe At this point the software will create a directory self install the programs 6 After the program has been install onto the hard drive the limits files will need to be copied into the same directory as the program Once this has been completed the program will be ready to be used Page A 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX A A 2 Operation of Software 1 In Windows 3 1 double click on the CT500 program icon For Windows 95 select the Start button and then Programs When the program menu slides out click on the CT500 program This will start the program 2 When the program starts a screen will appear requiring the following information to be entered Employee ID 000000 Procedure 4099 Test Procedure Revision Level 05 3 After the log on codes are entered the following screen will be displayed To run the program select the Run button CLINITEK 500 Main Menu X 5 99964701 1 Rev 02 00 Limits File Revision 02 11 Run Data Base Quit Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page A 3 APPENDIX A To perform the Instrument Release Test on a CLINITEK 50
243. rformance and alignment reference 7 3 5 3 8 2 Page 7 16 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 28 A Reagent Strip that A strip was never placed or Refer to section 7 2 2 1 was detected as was removed after being Confirm strip detector being placed on the placed Check your printout operates properly using platform was not of results or the Results instrument test card detected at the first Error Report displayed at the Refer to section 7 3 3 4 readhead end of the run to determine if a result set is missing and Verify that the cable coming if so retest the specimen from the strip detector has its Be sure you do not place connector properly seated your hand or other objects into the mother PCB on the strip loading station as these can be mistaken for Replace the strip detector a Reagent Strip If the error Refer to section 9 14 occurs repeatedly turn the instrument power off wait Check for proper readhead several seconds then turn performance by running back on to recalibrate the reflectance test with strip sensor instrument test card If a strip was present Refer to section 7 3 5 4 remove and clean the Moving Table Fixed Table Replace Pre amp PCB Holddown Reference Refer to section 9 16 2 operating manual section 5 Daily Clean
244. rip presence by the strip detector movement of the reagent test strip is then performed by the moving table assembly This assembly is driven by a stepper motor which is under the direct control of Processor 2 Refer to figure 6 3 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 6 5 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY Mother PCB Stepper motor drive circuits Optical sensor PN 40453221 Moving table Assembly Stepper motor Figure 6 3 Processor 2 sends control signals for direction and a pulse train to the stepper motor controller chip on the mother PCB The controller converts the pulse train into four outputs phase A phase B phase C phase D for the windings of the stepper motor An optical interrupter detector is used to establish a home location for the moving table and provides a means of timing its operation to detect errors in its motion Refer to section 6 4 1 for more details on the motor drive circuits 6 5 Main The Main PCB contains the instrument s two Processors and all of their associated support circuitry Processor 1 021 is 80C517A 8051 family which is a surface mount IC Processor 2 U1 is a Dallas DS2253T and is mounted as a SIMM in a socket The system utilizes the Processors as follows Processor 1 is used for serial communications bar code communications internal and external printer functions converting decode values to clinical levels and provides all user interface functions It
245. rrect sample results sets have been stored in memory 54 is memory without being Verify that CT500 External completely full transferred to a computer Port is turned ON Check that your computer is turned on that the interface Verify that external computer cable is securely connected is connected to the serial at both ends and that the communication RS 232 port setup parameters for the computer interface are Possible defective Mother correct Transfer at least PCB See section 7 3 4 1 9 some of the record If 13 unable to transfer records print the records and then Possible defective MAIN PCB delete the results from See section 9 11 memory Contact your Bayer Customer Service office Error 55 System was unable After clearing the error Possible defective program to store Setup screen print both setup card see section 9 2 changes to the configurations if desired to Program Card determine which you want to Possible defective MAIN PCB default values have use then select that option see section 9 11 been stored instead the Analyzer memory will Displayed when usually contain the latest Analyzer is first Setup changes If the error turned on repeats the next time the instrument is turned on contact your Bayer Customer Service office Page 7 20 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Erro
246. rresponding test is not selected on Screen Teststo Report and Their Order Report and Their Order The option for this line is printed as None if no tests are selected for the flag criteria 5 TREER The option for this line is printed as N A if the Internal Printer option on Screen Printer Options is NOT set to with 12 blank lines between patient result sets The option for this line is printed as if the Output Format is set to CT500 The option for this line is printed as N A if the corresponding test is not selected on Screen Tests to Test Mode Results Test Mode results always print in a set order An example is 000006 19981006180200 ERRORS 0000 POS 43 Tech ID 1111112222233 ID 3234567890123 COL A B L CD 851 4113 265 000 R G B DCD 310 568 456 1558 713 588 435 296 0610 734 604 477 331 0649 726 474 398 133 1201 486 392 130 0677 695 273 332 235 0435 735 538 143 0747 697 606 288 280 0476 126 123 123 125 0124 442 279 244 1000 LE1 653 486 311 262 0477 lt N lt G tg O UR J Q J m AH 1 HOO wW Page E 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX E Test Mode 2 results print Test Mode 1 results format a blank line and then the list of test labels and clinical result values The clinical result portion of the printout is in the order as set by the Tests to Report and
247. rument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the System to start normally 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu 4 From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select TEST SERIAL PORTS Install Loop back connector Select AUXILIARY PORT The instrument will indicate PASSED if working properly 12 4 Printer Reference section 7 3 4 2 12 4 1 Instrument Printer Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the System to start normally RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu 4 From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select TEST PRINTERS 5 From the TEST PRINTERS menu select INSTRUMENT PRINTER TEST 6 The following pattern should print 0123456789 7 CAPS small letters AV 12 4 2 External Printer Test Equipment required e Printer with parallel interface Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instr
248. s calibrated if the level count was not between 10 and 254 inclusive this error is set A high count indicates that there was too much light reflecting from the table or that there was a circuit malfunction Instrument Factor Strip Centering error 34 This error is generated when the 2 digit Strip Centering step factor is not within the range of 04 to 40 for either readhead or if the difference between the factor for each readhead is greater than 10 Internal Communications Error 40 An error occurred in the communication between the two processors Page 7 26 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING NOTE The following error codes definitions are only for the Customer Program Card Printer Error 50 The external printer has an error or is out of paper Control Results Almost Full 51 The Controls database has space left for only 10 more results Sample Results Almost Full 52 The Sample database has space left for only 10 more results Control Results Full 53 The Controls database is full no more samples can be run Sample Results Full 54 The Sample database is full no more samples can be run Setup Information Problem 55 One of the setup information files was found to be corrupted during the data integrity check at power ON System Error 56 A serious system error has occurred The system must be powered OFF All communication pr
249. s consist of the A D converter values associated with each channel All of the readings are stored in the order taken in temporary memory E Repeat this until 1488 readings of 2 bytes each are read dark values subtracted from this and the resultant values stored for each Readhead during the scan cycle F The Readheads are returned to the cal chip location CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 6 7 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY B Calculations are performed based on the specifics of the reagent strip being tested Not all data is used in these calculations for example for most MULTISTIX reagents only the reading closest to the center of the reagent pad is used in the determination of results for that analyte Calculations are done to obtain reflectances which after processing in the specific algorithm for a reagent is compared to a decode point and converted into a reportable clinical level Each of the interim and final results is stored in the appropriate data set After all individual pad calculations are completed the color calculations are done and stored The date time and sequence number are sent in the data set The sequence number is then incremented The system then waits until the 7 second scan cycle is completed The process then repeats until there are no more reagent strips under the hood area Page 6 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY Block Diagram
250. s in Section Five when servicing this instrument The Service Release Protocol from chapter 12 must be performed prior to the instrument return to the customer for use Rev 1199H Caution Except where otherwise specifically requested always power off and unplug the instrument when servicing Whenever working on the instrument with the cover off the standard Electro Static Discharge ESD precautions should be followed Whenever handling the Pre amp PCBs A D PCB or Lamps clean white cotton gloves must be worn CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 9 1 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 1 Push Bar Dis Assembly Tools required none Disassembl 1 The Push Bar is located on the left front side above the Fixed Table mounted horizontally 2 Grip the Push Bar and pull up and out to disengage it from the Push Arm Slide Assembly 3 While holding onto the finger grip end of the Push Arm slide the tab end into the Push Bar Slide hole 9 2 X PCMCIA Program Card Caution Do not remove or install the PCMCIA card with the power on This will result in loss of data in the SRAM Tools required e Di mbli 1 The PCMCIA Program Card is located on the right side of the instrument toward the rear 2 Above the edge of the Program Card is a black rectangular button Push inward on the button and the Program Card will slide out 4 inch 8 3 Grip the Program Card by edge and pull outward Page 9 2
251. s the number of read positions 0 01716 that readhead 72 is in or out from readhead 1 An example of the print out from the internal printer is below EEN BLUE 1379 1254 1209 1245 0200 0185 0202 0200 1482 1278 1226 1271 0203 0187 0192 0201 CAL EDGE CORR 1 Sample Test Readheads Printout The limit for the RH2 Calibration Edge Correction is 3 it is highly desirable to have this reading 1 If the value is outside of the 3 range General Error 30 will be generated The acceptable range for CA1 and CA2 is 600 to 1846 The acceptable range for DK1 and DK2 is 1 to 400 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 43 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING 7 3 5 4 Reflectance Test Displays the Place Test Strip screen A hard standards strip is placed at the load station of the fixed table and OK pushed to start the operation The strip is moved to the first readhead scanned and then moved to the second readhead scanned and moved to the waste station The reflectance values for all 11 pad positions from each readhead a total of 88 reflectance values are then available for printout or output to the PC port At the completion of the test the user may print the test data from either or both readheads See example of the printout The user also has the option of repeating the test REFLECTANCE TEST Both read heads 11 positions A11 B11
252. s total CCCIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 157 characters total DDeeeedHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 179 characters total EEEIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 201 characters total pHeeeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 223 characters total PROIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 245 characters total FFFIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 267 characters total NITIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 289 characters total GGGIeeHHHHHHHHHHHHHHcrlf 22 characters 311 characters total etx 1 character 312 characters total OR cklck2etx 3 characters 314 characters total Variables Represents a space START OF TEXT character 02H 5 upper 4 bits of an 8 bit bytes checksum converted to an ASCII character 0 9 or A F Represents the SEQ BB BB BB Represents the date of the test The date may be displayed in MM DD YY DD MM YY or YY MM DD format CCC Represents the language units dependent test label for Ketone DD Represents the language units dependent testlabelforSG_ 2 2 H Represents the test result label This field is right justified Each test result label contains 14 characters Character positions not used are filled with spaces Sent as an asterisk if the result is positive otherwise sent as a space J Represents the Sample ID This field is left justified The Sample ID may be a maximum of 13 alphanumeric characters Endashes are not supported by th
253. se GLU NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVE NEGATIVE 1 1 2 2 3 no conversion required 3 Ketone KET NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE I 1 2 no conversion required 2 3 3 Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood BLO NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE TRACE LYSED gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt TRACE 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 1 2 2 3 no conversion required 3 Urobilinogen URO 0 2 E U dL 0 2 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 1 0 E U dL 2 0 E U dL no conversion required 2 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL 4 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL gt 8 0 E U dL Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE POSITIVE POSITIVE Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE no conversion required NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE 1 1 2 2 3 3 Page D 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H APPENDIX D English Conventional with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Color COL Clarity CLA LT YELLOW YELLOW DK YELLOW LT ORANGE ORANGE DK ORANGE LT RED RED DK RED LT GREEN GREEN DK GREEN LT BROWN BROWN DK BROWN LT BLUE BLUE DK BLU
254. sembly Refer to section 9 7 Remove the Push Bar Shaft by removing the Phillips head screw that secures it to the Motor Casting see figure 8 6 Once the screw is loose remove the Push Bar Shaft Refer to section 9 18 for more detailed instruction for disassembly and reassemble of the Push Bar Shaftand Crank arm Clean the dirt and old grease off the shaft and Slide Arm Reassemble the Slide Arm and shaft to the Baseplate Assembly Apply a thin film of grease to the shaft using a cotton tip applicator or fingertip Move the Slide Arm to allow grease to be applied to both ends of the left and right sides of the shaft Reassemble the instrument Refer to section 9 7 Install the instrument Test Card select the exercise All Motions Test Refer to section 7 3 3 2 and Cycle the Motions 10 times to work the grease in Page 8 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT CHAPTER NINE REPAIR REPLACEMENT Section 00 6 0 9 0 Push 9 1 9 2 Printer
255. side of the Processor PCB 17 Install the Upper Case section 9 8 18 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 3 19 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 7 and 9 6 20 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 5 21 Install the Printer Module section 9 4 9 11 Processor PCB Main Dis Assembly Tools required e Scredrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for 4 Screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Torque Driver Di 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 3 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 4 Page 9 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed and Moving Tables sections 9 5 and 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Disconnect the two cables J6 and J2 on top of the Processor PCB 7 Disconnect the cable part number 40453225 located in center of the Processor PCB looking as viewed from front Connector The connector plugs onto the Processor PCB by going through the Electronic bracket assembly first Rev 1199H 8 Position the instrument so that the back is facing you 9 Remove the four screws holding the PCB to the Electronic Bracket 10 The Processor PCB plugs into the Mother PCB with two connectors J1 and J2 Gently lifting the Processor PCB upward will disconnect it from the Mother PCB Assembly 11 Position the instrument so that the back is facing you 12 Plug the Processor PCB onto the connectors
256. smatch In this case review the detail screen and confirm that all other tests pass back lit in green and continue the Release testing If the test is repeated any results from a previous test are overwritten The results may also be printed Page 12 8 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 12 15 Leukocyte Correction Factor Generation Equipment Required Instrument Test Card version 1 03 1 03 or higher CT500 Calibration Solution 95002503 Multistix 10 SG reagent strips 10 strips required for test Urinetek tubes of equivalent Test Tube Holder opitional Paper Towel Procedure With the Instrument OFF insert the Instrument Test Card in to the system Turn the instrument power ON Scroll through the menu options until you reach the Instrument Tests Level 4 menu see below Select the Generate LEU Corr Factor menu option Instrument Tests Level 4 CYCLE READHEADS CYCLE TABLE CYCLE PUSH BAR READ STRIP DUMP DATA PRINT TRANSFERRED DATA Le jeito GENERATE LEU CORR FACTOR Rev 1199H RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING 4 The first screen displayed in the Leu Correction Factor test is shown below T 2 Dipping Strips The bottle of reagent strips must be stored at room temperature 20 30 66 86 for at least 1 day before the normalization procedure is performed De m HEY meros All strips for a given instrument must come from
257. sonnel for maintenance and overhaul of the subject equipment only It shall not be disclosed duplicated or used in whole or in part for any other purpose without the prior written permission of Bayer Corporation Information contained in this service manual is designed for servicing of the CLINITEK 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer by qualified and properly trained service personnel using appropriate tools and test equipment If you do not possess the proper service tools fixtures software and equipment and the proper technical training do not attempt to service this instrument This service manual is kept current by Service Bulletins issued from the United States of America by Bayer Corporation Diagnostic Division These bulletins are distributed worldwide to Bayer Corporation service personnel and their agents Other possessors of this manual will not be included in these distributions but but can obtain current Service Bulletins by contacting their local Bayer Diagnostic Customer Service office 99964708 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 SERVICE MANUAL Section Description Section number General Description 1 Methods Overview 2 Installation 3 Operation procedures 4 Preventive Maintenance 5 Introduction 5 0 Cleaning 5 1 Lubrication 5 2 Functional Diagrams Theory 6 Introduction 6 0 General Operation 6 1 User Interface 6 2 Power Distribution 6 3 Mother PCB 6 4 Motor Drive Circuits 6 4 1 Optical Sensors 6 4 2 Printer Interface 6 4 3 Serial Ports
258. st Display on 4 1 Reference section 7 3 4 5 NOTE Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument When the PCB is installed on the power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test electronics bracket the ON position of PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON the DIP switches is in the Down and allow the system to start normally 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT foll 3 TEST This will advance you to Instrument 1 0 Tests Level 1 menu Switch position 12345678 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select SW1 11110011 LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu SW2 00000000 4 From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select SW3 1110 TEST DISPLAY All pixels must be highlighted 12 5 Test Touch Screen 6 To exit push the arrow in the upper right corner Beterence Section 7 3 43 It will step you back to the Main Menu Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the system to start normally Page 12 4 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING 3 12 7 Cycle Readheads Reference section 7 3 6 1 Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the 4 Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instr
259. stall the Upper Case section 9 7 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables section 9 5 and 9 6 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 13 Mother Dis Assembly 7 Disconnect the Strip Detector Flex Cable P8 Tools required going to the Mother PCB e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver 8 Disconnect the optical sensors and motors e Torque Driver Newconductive gasket 501 84582 a Fixed Table sensor P10 from the Mother PCB Disassembly b Crank Arm Sensor P9 from the Mother 1 Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 PCB Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 c Push Arm Motor P14 from the Mother Remove the Bezel Assembly PCE section 9 4 Readhead Drive Motor P15 from the 4 Remove the Fixed Table and Moving Table sections 9 5 9 6 Moving Table Motor P13 from the Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Mater PEE f Moving Table Sensor P11 from the Remove the Electronics Bracket Mother PCB section 9 12 a FARSA t E ee qu 1 M 1 8 xis Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 15 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 Remove the six screws securing the Mother PCB to the Lower Case Note When facing the rear
260. stepper motor drive Cleaning Turn the power circuits for proper operation back on Refer to section 7 4 3 4 Instrument Contact your Bayer Use instrument test card to mechanical error Customer Service office cycle motor Refer to section 7 3 3 2 and 7 3 6 Clean Push Bar Shaft and lubricate Refer to section 5 5 3 Replace Mother PCB if defective Refer to section 9 13 Check to see that left hand PREAMP PCB is not hitting any of the mechanical assemblies as the readheads move back and forth while cycling all motions If hitting carefully loosen the screw holding the PREAMP lift up on the rear end of the PCB and retighten screw Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 13 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING find the Cal Chip Instrument mechanical error off Inspect the instrument for any obvious signs of misalignment or incorrect installation of the Fixed Table or Holddown Remove and reinstall if needed as directed in Section 5 Daily Cleaning Turn the power back on Contact your Bayer Customer Service office Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 25 Readhead could not Turn the instrument power For error 25 perform 3 on off cycles of instrument power ignoring any errors received prior to the 3 cycle Check to see that left hand PREAMP PCB is not hitting any of the mechanical assemblies as the read
261. t gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLA gt gt gt gt gt gt Clarity no conversion required APPENDIX D CLINITEK 200 STRAW YELLOW DK YELLOW AMBER ORANGE ORANGE RED RED RED GREEN GREEN GREEN OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER OTHER CLEAR SL CLOUDY CLOUDY TURBID OTHER Invalid Result Value ERROR ERROR Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 15 APPENDIX D English 5 1 Supports CLINITEK 200 Program C4 English S I with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood BLD Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIVE 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE NEGATIVE TRACE 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT TRACE LYSED Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery uL C
262. t gt gt 40 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 80 mg dL Specific Gravity SG no conversion required Blood OBL NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 rbc uL SPUR ZELLEN gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 10 rbc uL SPUR LYSE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 10 rbc uL 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 25 rbc uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 80 rbc uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 200 rbc uL no conversion required Protein PRO NEGATIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt NEGATIV SPUR gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt SPUR 1 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 30 mg dL 2 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 100 mg dL 3 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 300 mg dL Urobilinogen UBG 3 2 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 2 mg dL 16 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 1 0 mg dL 33 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 2 0 mg dL 66 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 4 0 mg dL gt 131 umol L gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 8 0 mg dL POSITIV gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIV Leukocytes LEU gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt 0 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 15 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 70 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 125 cells uL gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Ca 500 cells uL Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page C 25 APPE
263. t gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 NEGATIVE NEGATIVE TRACE NEGATIVE TRACE TRACE NEGATIVE NEGATIVE NORMAL NORMAL NEGATIVE Nitrite NIT NEGATIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt POSITIVE gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Leukocytes LEU NEGATIVE TRACE 1 2 3 Page 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt Rev 1199H APPENDIX English 5 1 Supports CLINITEK 200 Program Card 40104 English S I with PLUS System set to OFF Test CLINITEK 500 gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt CLINITEK 200 Glucose GLU Bilirubin BIL Ketone KET Specific Gravity SG Blood BLD Protein PRO Urobilinogen UBG NEGATIVE 5 5 mmol L 14 mmol L 28 mmol L gt 55 mmol L NEGATIVE SMALL MODERATE LARGE NEGATIVE TRACE 1 5 mmol L 3 9 mmol L gt 7 8 mmol L NEGATIVE TRACE INTACT TRACE LYSED Ca 25 Ery uL Ca 80 Ery u
264. t gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt COL gt gt gt gt gt gt Colore gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt gt ASP gt gt gt gt gt gt Aspetto no conversion required CLINITEK 200 NEGATIVO Ca 15 Cells uL Ca 70 Cells uL 125 Cells uL Ca500 Cells uL PAGLIER GIALLO GIALLO SC AMBRA ARANCIO ARANCIO ROSSO ROSSO ROSSO VERDE VERDE VERDE ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO ALTRO LIMPIDA LEG TORB TORBIDA MOL TORB ALTRO APPENDIX D Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page D 37 APPENDIX D Supports CLINITEK 200 Program E40100 Italian with PLUS System set to ON Test CLINITEK 500 Glucose GLU NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 Bilirubin BIL NEGATIVO 1 2 3 Ketone KET NEGATIVO TRACCE 1 2 3 Specific Gravity PS
265. table or fixed table Remove and reinstall the fixed and moving table see Section 5 Daily Cleaning Turn the power back on Contact your Bayer Customer Service office Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 23 Moving Table is Turn the instrument power Inspect Drive Housing and Fixed Table Guides for wear or damage Replace as necessary Refer to section 9 5 9 6 9 8 9 9 9 18 Verify that moving table is aligned correctly Refer to section 8 3 Verify that optical sensor operate correctly Refer to section 7 4 4 Check stepper motor drive circuits for proper operation Refer to section 7 4 3 4 Use instrument test card to cycle motors Refer to section 7 3 3 2 and 7 3 6 Replace Mother PCB if defective Refer to section 9 13 Page 7 12 CLINITEK 500 Service manual Rev 1199H EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING Symptom or Possible Cause Customer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Error 24 Misalignment or Turn the instrument power Push Bar is not finding home incorrect installation off Inspect the instrument in the proper time of the push bar or for any obvious signs of fixed table misalignment or incorrect Verify that optical sensor installation of the push bar or operate correctly fixed table Remove and Refer to section 7 4 4 reinstall if needed as directed in Section 5 Daily Check
266. ted out on the internal printer see figure 7 3 1 Refer to section 7 3 3 6 to determine if the instrument passes the test In case of a system failing this test the Drive Housing assembly will require replacement 12 13 Lubrication Procedure 1 Clean the Pusher Bar Slide Arm Shaft with alcohol RELEASE TESTING RELEASE TESTING 12 14 Instrument Release Test Reference Section 7 3 3 1 Material Required 40453255 DB25 to DB9 Null Modem Cable SR00169X Release Test Software SR00170X Release Test Limits SR00081X Instrument Test PCMCIA Card 95002262 Hard Stardard Test Strip IBM PC Compatible computer Minimum Configuration of 486 33MHz 8 Meg Memory running Microsoft Windows 3 1 or Microsoft Windows 95 e Referance Appendix A for software installation and operation e Refer to the recommended spare part list RSL 024E6470 for current part numbers and fixtures The Instrument Release Test uses a special test strip part number 95002262 and a PC running the Release test software part number 5 001690 and 5 001700 to perform a Quality check on the operation of the instrument In this test data is output from the instrument and collected by the PC running the release software Next the data is analyzed and compared to predefined limits and if the results are within the limits the instrument passes the test A pass or fail will be displayed on the PC screen The Test strip that is used for the release test has
267. tem to start normally 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu Page 12 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select TEST SERIAL PORTS Install Loop back connector on the serial post Select COMPUTER PORT Will indicate PASSED if working properly 12 3 2 Bar Code Reader Port Test Equipment required Bar Code Reader Loop Back Connector p n 71647007 Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the system to start normally From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select TEST SERIAL PORTS Install Loop back connector Select BAR CODE READER PORT Will indicate PASSED if working properly Rev 1199H 12 3 3 Auxiliary Port Test Equipment required e Auxiliary Loop Back Connector p n 71647006 Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Inst
268. the same bottle Remove 10 strips from the bottle just prior to dipping re cap the bottle Fill a suitable tube with enough test approximately 10 ml solution to allow all 10 of the reagent pads to be submerged when the strip is dipped The test solution can be used for dipping 10 strips and then fresh solution will be needed The variable AA indicates the current LEU correction factor stored for the instrument The correction factor can have value from 99 to 99 If the Instrument has not previously had a Leu correction Factor generated the value of AA 00 and no sign will be shown 5 To set a new correction factor press the key Generate LEU Corr Factor which will then display the following screen Use MULTISTIX 10 SG RUN 10 STRIPS FOR NEW CORRECTION 6 When the above screen is displayed the instrument is ready to start having strips placed upon the load zone of the instrument Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 9 RELEASE TESTING 7 Dip strip into the leukocyte negative solution so that all pads are wet and remove immediately While removing the strip from the tube drag the edge along the side of the tube to remove excess solution Immediately blot the strip by touching the edge to a paper towel Do not drag the strip across the towel touch the edge only as shown below NOTE The Blotting of the reagent strip is only requir
269. the stepper motor drive circuits are functioning correctly Equipment required e Oscilloscope e Instrument Test Card 5 00081 e Display service test fixture 71647014 Procedure 1 Remove the upper case Refer to section 9 8 2 Reconnect the display using the Display Test Fixture 3 Install the Instrument Test Card and reconnect the power cord to allow operation during servicing 1 4 Use the Instrument Test Card to excise all motor functions of the instrument section 7 3 3 2 Measure the output of IC 5 6 or 7 at pins 8 1 6 and 3 while the appropriate stepper motor is operating The waveforms observed should be a square wave Note The waveform will exhibit some inductive noise as the winding is turned off 5 To determine if the stepper motor driver chip if functioning properly Measure the input signal at Pin 11 see table7 4 2 for duration times Table 7 4 2 Pulse Number FiniMumber Length 05 11 3 msec U6 11 3 msec U7 travel out 11 2 msec U7 travel in 11 1 msec If the input is present but any of the output wave forms are missing or not of the proper shape should be square wave replace the Mother PCB If there is no input signal then the problem lies on the Processor PCB 7 4 3 5 Trouble shooting the RS232 ports Equipment required e Instrument Test Card 5 00081 e RJ45 RS232 Loop Back connector 71647006 e DB 25 RS232 Loop Back connector 7152010
270. the five M4x12 Phillips screwdriver head screws One at each corner and one in middle of Mounting Plate The screws should be tightened to a torque of 18 inch pounds and 12 inch pounds for the ground strap at the card Install the Upper Case section 9 7 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Install the Moving and Fixed Tables sections 9 6and 9 5 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 25 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 9 20 Lower Case Dis Assembly Tools required e 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Torque Driver mbl Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 Remove the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Remove the Fixed Table section 9 5 Remove the Moving Table section 9 6 Remove the Upper Case section 9 7 Remove the Electronics Bracket section 9 12 9 OY INS Remove the Baseplate Mechanism section 9 19 9 Remove the Mother PCB section 9 13 Assembly 10 Position The Mother PCB onto the Lower Case 11 Install the six screws securing The Mother PCB to the Lower Case 12 Install the three rear screws securing the Mother PCB back plate and new conductive Gasket to back of Lower Case Tighten the screws to a torque of 7 inch pounds 13 Use the Right Hand Table Guide and the Push Arm Rail Support to lift
271. the op amps operate from the both a positive and negative supply up to a 4 positive or 4 negative voltage may be observed CAUTION Cotton gloves must be worn when handling the Preamp PCBs ESD percautions must be taken whenever the upper case of the instrument is removed A dirty Preamp PCB can cause errors 02 1 and 02 2 6 10 Pre amp A D PCB The Pre amp A D PCB receives the analog signals from both Pre amp PCBs and converts these voltages to digital values This count is the raw value that is used in the algorithms to calculate reflectance The Analog to Digital conversion is performed by IC U1 an eight channel analog multiplexing A D converter with serial output There are also four voltage regulators on the PCB Voltage regulator VR1 provides a 4 VDC reference for the A D converter Voltage regulator VR2 provides the 5 VDC used by both readheads pre amp PCB and the A D board Voltage regulator VR3 provides the 5 VDC used by both readhead pre amp PCB s and the A D board Voltage regulator VR4 provides the 6 VDC for the lamps in both readheads Power is supplied to the A D PCB Page 6 10 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual from the processor PCB via connector P3 pins 9 amp 10 provide 12 VDC and pin 6 provides 12 VDC 6 11 Strip Detector The strip detector contains 5 high output red LED s and 4 detectors spaced between the LED s Presently the LED at the left of the detector is not used Every 100 milliseco
272. the strip taking measurements in the Red Blue Green and IR wavelengths 8 After a Strip has been read under both readheads the data will be analyzed and the results passed to processor 1 for output to devices based upon system configuration options selected by the user Page 6 2 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY Instrument Operation Overview Block Diagram Strip placed on load zone Push Bar moves strip to verification position Push Bar returns to Strip present at right side detector left position NO Pusher moves strip to Moving table pick up and stays at far right position Push Bar moves strip to the moving table pick up Moving table advances 3 positions 3 instrument cycles 21 seconds Push Bar returns to the far left Readhead 1 detects strip present and waits for next strip YES Push Bar returns to left position Strip at either readhead 5 Initialize readhead position Calibrate Read strip s Select readinas Calculate reflectances Moving table advances strip every 7 seconds 12 moving table cycles occurred without detecting a strip under readhead 1 Figure 6 1 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 6 3 FUNCTIONAL DIAGRAMS THEORY 6 2 User Interface The user interface consists of a touch screen display audible and visual alarms internal and external printer options a serial RS232 input for bar
273. tics connectors are secure no missing Customer Service even if no repair was or loose screws and that there are actually made no sharp edges on the outer case Inspect the system for cleanliness 12 1 Cleaning and Inspection and or cosmetic defects and replace or clean system Reference components as necessary CLINITEK 500 Operating Manual Particular attention should be paid Section 5 CARE OF THE to components which may have INSTRUMENT for cleaning become stained as a result of instructions repeated contact with reagent i e strip sweep or fixed table assembly Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 1 RELEASE TESTING 12 2 Exercise All Motions Reference section 7 3 3 2 Procedure 1 With the instrument power turned OFF insert the Instrument PCMCIA Card 2 Turn the instrument power ON and allow the system to start normally 3 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu 4 Select EXERCISE ALL MOTIONS from the menu Select 10 CYCLES If all 10 cycles do not pass an error message will appear 12 3 Test Serial Ports Reference section 7 3 4 1 12 3 1 Computer Port Test Equipment required e Computer Port Loop Back Connector p n 71500555 Procedure 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the sys
274. to the Lower Case This screw goes through a grounding strap tighten to 12 inch pounds Other end of grounding strap is screwed to the Baseplate Mechanism Swivel the instrument so front is facing you Connect the Strip Detector to J6 on top left side of Processor PCB Connect the Printer Interface PCB power cable to P7 located on the Mother PCB Connect the Pre amp A D to J2 on top right side of Processor PCB Install the Upper Case section 9 7 Install the Moving Table section 9 6 Install the Fixed Tables section 9 5 Install the Bezel Assembly section 9 4 Install the Printer Module section 9 3 Install the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Rev 1199H 9 20 1 Power Entry Module Dis Assembly Tools required e Standard blade Di mbl 1 Remove the Power Entry Module Assembly Using the tip of your Phillips screwdriver screwdriver push on the module locking arm on the inside of Lower Case Do one side then the other Pull module out of mounting hole Assembl 2 Set Power Entry Module Assembly into hole in back panels so that the ON OFF Switch is closes to outside edge 3 Push the module into hole until locking arms on the inside of the Lower Case engage 4 Assembly the Lower Case Assembly following the steps in section 9 20 9 21 Touch Screen Dis Assembly Tools required e 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 screws all others use a 1 Phillips screwdriver e Torque Driver e Instrument Test Card D
275. trip centering function that positions the strip in the correct location left to right under the readheads Once this test is selected the screen will display the current centering steps and will prompt the user to place a hard standard on the load zone of the fixed table and press the OK key See screen below SETUP STRIP CENTERING Steps from sensor to center AA e Place TEST Strip Strip Centering Setup Screen TESTING Steps from sensor to center AA BBBBBB Strip Centering Testing Screen After selecting O K the strip moves to one position before the first read station and the readheads move out to the strip mid position The moving table is then stepped slowly and readings taken on the IR channel to find the 5096 reflectance point designated as the edge of the strip The moving table is then moved 42 steps to have the strip centered under the readhead At some position during the 42 step advancement of the Drive Mechanism its home position sensor will change state The number of steps is counted from the position where the sensor first changes state to the center position This number is the strip centering value The strip is then advanced to the second readhead and the procedure is repeated The Strip centering values from each readhead are checked to be within set limits 4 to 40 steps and then checked to be within 10 steps of each other If the strip centering values fa
276. u 4 Select the SETUP STRIP CENTERING test The screen will display the current Strip Centering value stored in the instrument memory 5 Place the Hard Standard strip onto the load zone of the fixed table and select the key The instrument will then advance the strip under the readheads and calculate a new Strip Centering value and store it in the instrument memory The acceptable range is 4 to 40 12 12 Strip Walk Test Reference section 7 3 3 6 Procedure 1 Insert the Instrument PCMCIA Card If not already in this condition with the instrument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the System to start normally Rev 1199H From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu Select STRIP WALK TEST from the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu The instrument prompts the user to prepare to load 10 strips on to the load zone of the fixed table Once the O K key is pressed the instrument starts the test as each strip is placed on the load zone of the fixed table the pusher arm is activated and moves the strip to the moving table As the strips are moved under each readhead the strip tip is located and stored in memory After all ten strips have had the tip locations checked by both readheads the data is analyzed A print out of the data and test results is prin
277. u Ls 2 IN NC 6 mg pe E NC NC MW 100 uae cp e v NC NC NC FEEDBK 5 U3 DETECTOR OUTPUT co Ico R14 d R6 1 1 20K a C2 20K e e e Au R9 810 100 106 R7 Ra 51 MEG 51 ile 553 21 Da yy U2 OPT210P U4 0812108 o 1 QUT e i E V OUT 6 3 IN NC NC C12 mes IN Le 3557 1 To e 3 T9 e v NC NC BEN 8 U4 DETECTOR OUTPUT Nc 8 NC FEEDBK COM C8 1 1 R 4 i q na 1 GROUND e e 11 GROUND 12 GROUND 7 Ut DETECTOR OUTPUT 6 U2 DETECTOR OUTPUT R22 24 3 OHMS e e 6 051 052 6 053 054 QD 055 HLMP 100 S02 HLMP 100 S02 HLMP 100 S02 HLMP 100 S02 HLMP 100 S02 RED RED RED RED RED P2 P1 PORT 0 0 9 54 Qi 12 VOLTS DC 3 9 e gt 12V TN2504N8 gt D s gt PORT 04 10 n 02 TN2504N8 25V lt A 12 VOLTS DC 2 gt 12 PORT 02 8 03 E T 1 lt TN2504N8 2 5 D REF DES REF DES PORT 03 3 T USED NOT USED D us T GROUND 4 I e o TN2504N8 ci 5 D DS5 PORT 04 2 661 GROUND 5 c o 82 USE R22 TN2504N8 NH Ui R17 R18 R19 R20 R21 GROUND 1 co 1MEG 1MEG 1MEG 1ME
278. uard will come off when the last screw is removed Assembly 5 Install the Fan Assembly with the fan s manufacturer name and model number facing outward and horizontal so that it can be read from the rear of the instrument 6 The P1 connector and wire should face up while holding the fan to the inside of the Upper Case Install and hold the Fan Guard at the rear of the instrument CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 5 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 10 11 12 Install one of the four Phillips screwdriver head screws through the upper left corner of the Fan Guard and the Fan Assembly Install the remaining locking washers and hex nuts Install the ground strap at the left lower corner of the fan between the case and the fan Secure with screw washer and nut Install the other two screws washers and nuts Install the Upper Case section 9 7 Page 9 6 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLACEMENT 7 Disconnect the optical sensor connector from the Mother PCB 9 8 Table Guide Left Dis Assembly Tools required e Screwdrivers 2 Phillips screwdriver for M4 Rev 1199H screws all others use a 1 Phillips 8 Remove the Table screwdriver Guide Di mbl Remove the PCMCIA Card section 9 2 Assembly Remove the Printer Module section 9 3 9 Position the Table Guide onto instrument Remove the Bezel Assembly Baseplate using the locating pins on the section 9 4 guide Remove the Fixed Table and Movi
279. uivalent e Isopropyl Alcohol Procedure 8 4 1 Cleaning the print mechanism 1 Remove the printer assembly from the instrument section 9 4 2 Manually advance the print heads to the center of its travel using the thumb wheel gear on the right side 3 Clean the rails that the print head rides upon using cotton tip applicators moistened with isopropyl alcohol The ends of the rails tend to collecta build up of dirt that after time may affect the operation of the printer 8 4 2 Cleaning the printer platen 1 Use alcohol and a cotton applicator to clean the surface of the platen and to remove any build up of dirt or wax Note If the platen gets excessively dirty it can influence the quality of the printing by creating areas of light printing on the paper Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 8 5 ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS 8 5 Sensor adjustments The optical sensors location and position have been designed to eliminate the need for most their physical adjustments However It has been found that to insure proper performance the sensors do have optimal positions Table in place sensor positioned fully forward Crank Arm sensor positioned fully down Moving Table sensor positioned fully left and table flag centered in slot 8 6 Pusher Bar Slide Lubrication Tools e 1 Philips screw driver e Lubricant p n 50996008 e Instrument Test Card Figure 8 6 Procedure 1 Remove the upper case as
280. ully insert the printer flex cable into the connector Rev 1199H REPAIR REPLAC EMENT Note The siliver side of the flex cable contacts should be facing towards the front of instrument When the cable is fully seated in the connector none of the silver contacts will be exposed 10 11 12 13 14 15 9 4 When the contacts are properly engaged push down on the ZIF connector to secure the cable in place Insert the front locating tabs of the Printer Module under the securing tabs of the Upper Case Push the rear of the Printer Module down and ensure that it locks into position with the securing tab at the back right hand corner Route the paper through the printer feeder using the feeder gear wheels Ensure it is centered Secure the printer shield over the Printer Module using double sided tape The notch in the shield should match with the notch in the case Add the printer cover to the Upper Case and route the printer paper through the opening Bezel Assembly Dis Assembly Tools required Di 1 none mbl Push the two locking tabs on rear side of Bezel inward and lift upward Note The Bezel is connected to the Processor PCB by a 30 pin flex cable CLINITEK 500 Service Manual 9 3 REPAIR REPLACEMENT 2 While lifting the rear of the Bezel upward move the front of the Bezel backward to clear the front of the instrument case 3 Rotate the front of the Bezel upwa
281. ument power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON and allow the system to start normally From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select TEST PRINTERS Connect a printer to the parallel port From the TEST PRINTERS menu select EXTERNAL PRINTER TEST The following pattern should print 0123456789 CAPITAL LETTERS small letters Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 12 3 RELEASE TESTING 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance you to Instrument 12 4 3 Printer Interface PCB Tests Level 1 menu Dip Switch Settings 9 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 menu select The diagrams bellow indicate Dip switch setting LEVEL 2 TESTS This will advance you to for each switch position Instrument Tests Level 2 menu off 4 From the Instrument Tests Level 2 menu select SW1 on TEST TOUCH SCREEN 5 Using your finger push anyplace on the display An x should appear directly under your finger au di 2 To exit push the arrow the upper right corner It will step you back to the Main Menu SW3 off 12 6 Te
282. ument power ON and allow the system to start normally Move the strip over the Fixed Table covering all the valid strip placement positions These are between the Pusher Bar and the hood of the upper case which covers the readheads Keep the end of the strip last pad inside the rear rib on the platform Visually verify that 4 LED s are flashing Note On early units a 5th LED on the far left may be 2 From the Main Menu select INSTRUMENT TEST This will advance present but disabled sono Rega Teste ove EIS MANE 5 Press Print Detector Setup Values Inspect the 3 From the Instrument Tests Level 1 printout and confirm that the values are between menu select LEVEL 2 TESTS This will 40 and 254 advance you to Instrument Tests Level 2 menu 6 0 or 255 are reported then a failure should be recorded and the system needs to be rejected 4 From the Instrument Tests Level 2 and returned for troubleshooting menu select LEVEL 3 TESTS This will advance you to Instrument Tests Level 3 menu 12 9 Cycle Table 5 From the Instrument Tests Level 3 Reference section 7 3 6 2 menu select LEVEL 4 TESTS This will Procedure advance you to Instrument Tests Level 1 If not already in this condition with the instrument 4 menu power turned OFF Insert the Instrument Test 6 Select CYCLE READHEADS from the PCMCIA Card Turn the instrument power ON Instrument Tests Level 4 m
283. ustomer Remedy Service Remedy Error Displayed Touch Screen Screen needs to be Recalibrate as instructed in Refer to Figure 7 1 1 for does not recalibrated Section 7 Calibrating the detailed troubleshooting respond Touch Screen of the flowchart correctly Defective screen Operating Manual Contact your Bayer Reset instrument to default Customer Service office settings Reference Operating Manual chapter 3 section J Install Instrument Test Card and recalibrate touch screen Remove the Bezel Assembly and check that all cables are properly seated Refer to sections 9 8 Verify input and output voltages to the power supply Refer to section 7 4 3 1 Use the instrument test card to verify that the problem is not related to the customers program card Troubleshoot the Touch Screen Refer to section 7 4 5 Troubleshoot the Main Processor PCB Refer to section 7 4 6 Error 01 Instrument optical Turn the instrument power Problem with the pre amp or Error 02 error off wait several seconds A D PCB Refer to section 7 Error 03 then turn it back on 2 2 Error 04 Error 05 Troubleshoot Readhead subassembly Refer to sections 7 4 1 7 4 2 7 3 5 1 and 7 3 5 2 Replace BOTH Lamps Reference 9 15 Replace Pre amp Refer to section 9 16 2 Replace A D PCB Refer to section 9 16 1 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 7 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLES
284. voltage Refer to section 7 4 3 1 Additionally the cables going to the display should be checked to see if they are seated properly then the voltage to the display checked Refer to section 7 4 5 3 If all the voltages are correct use a known good display to verify that the problem is not the display If a known good display fails to operate then the Main Processor PCB should be replaced Refer to section 9 12 Rev 1199H CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Page 7 53 EXERCISE DIAGNOSTICS TROUBLESHOOTING This Page is Intentionally Blank Page 7 54 CLINITEK 500 Service Manual Rev 1199H CHAPTER EIGHT ALIGNMENTS ADJ USTMENTS Introduction Voltage adjustmentS Readhead alignment Horizontal plate adjustment Printer adjustments cleaning Cleaning print mechanism Cleaning the printer platen Sensor adjustments Blotter slide 8 0 Introduction This section of the manual provides detailed information required for making necessary alignments and adjustments during the ordinary course of repair on the CLINITEK 500 Urine Chemistry Analyzer It a
285. yzer has reported Error N XX Figure 7 2 1 7 2 1 3 Error Numbers Printed The Data Set errors are printed or sent with the data sets The Data Set errors are displayed in different forms depending upon if an Instrument Test Card is being used or the Customer Card When the Customer Card is installed in the instrument the error code will be printed or displayed on the screen see figure 7 2 1 as 1 xx or 2 xx The first digit represents the readhead associated with the error and the xx is the two digit error code When the Instrument Test Card is installed in the instrument the error code is a four digit code The first two digits are the error code for the first readhead and the second two digits are the error code for the second readhead see figure 7 2 2 The two digits to the right of POS are the strip tip locations The first digit is the location of the strip under the first readhead with respect to the first calibration chip and the second digit is the strip tip location under the second readhead as compared to the second calibration chip Table 7 2 2 in the section 7 2 2 is a listing of Data Set error codes and their meanings as well as a cross reference between the error codes generated from the Customer Card and the Instrument Test Card Note that the error codes in the sample output Figure 7 2 2 can combine based on column First readhead error code 008 19940426125800 ERRORS 0000 POS 34

Download Pdf Manuals

image

Related Search

Untitled untitled boxing game codes untitled document untitled goose game untitled spreadsheet untitled notepad untitled paint untitled app untitled entertainment untitled presentation untitled at 3 freeman alley untitled boxing codes untitled 1 untitled attack on titan codes untitled stream untitled tag game codes untitled paint 3d untitled boxing game wiki untitled ui untitled form untitled diagram untitled tag game script untitled mod menu untitled boxing game tier list untitled music app untitled tag game wiki

Related Contents

Cubas de Eletroforese  AR6100E Binding Instructions  ligação - Logisav  La Cité - Lacite DZ  Uncle Milton Rainbow In My Room  Philips HX6731  Dash Warning Light  AIM Properties of and Changes in Matter  File  H - Alienboats  

Copyright © All rights reserved.
Failed to retrieve file